Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / IGas Energy / FY2018 Annual Report

IGas Energy
Annual Report 2018

IGAS · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker IGAS
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · IGas Energy
Loading PDF…
I

G

a

s

E

n

e

r

g

y

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Annual report 
and accounts 
2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our purpose is to 
provide a secure  
supply of energy  
in Britain both safely 
and environmentally 
responsibly and  
in collaboration  
with the communities  
in which we operate.

We talked to key industry stakeholders to better 
understand why we need gas and how we can work 
together to secure our future energy needs.

Read the conversations...

A Professor of Global Energy  
at Warwick Business School

see page 8

The new independent 
Commissioner for Shale Gas

see page 10

What’s Inside

Strategic Report
Financial & Operational Performance 

Chairman’s Statement 

Our Marketplace 

Value Creation 

Operating Responsibly  

Chief Executive’s Statement 

Operational Review 

Financial Review 

Key Performance Indicators 

Risks and Uncertainties 

Sustainable and Responsible Business 

Corporate Governance
Introduction to Governance 

Board of Directors 

Executive Committee 

Corporate Governance  

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report  

Financial Statements
Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities  
in Relation to the Group Financial  
Statements and Annual Report 

Independent Auditor’s Report  
to the Members of IGas Energy plc  
– Group 

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Consolidated Financial Statements  
– Notes 

Parent Company Financial Statements –  
Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities 

Independent Auditor’s Report  
to the Members of IGas Energy plc  
– Company 

Parent Company Balance Sheet 

Parent Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 

Parent Company Financial Statements 
– Notes 

Oil and Gas Reserves 
IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests 
Glossary 
General Information 

01

02

04

06

12

14

17

20

24

26

30

34

37

38

40

44

49

51

52

57 

57

58

59

60

61

92

93

97

98

99

100

117 
118 
120 
IBC

Follow us on Twitter @IGasEnergy

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Financial & Operational Performance

A year of solid delivery from existing operations. On a sound 
financial footing the business is well positioned to progress the 
development of its assets and deliver on its work programmes.

Financial

Revenues

£42.9m

2018

2017

Net debt

£6.4m

2018

2017

Net assets

£161.7m

£42.9m

2018

£35.8m

2017

£161.7m

£181.6m

Adjusted EBITDA

£10.8m

£6.4m

2018

£6.2m

2017

(Loss)/profit after tax

£(21.4)m

2018

2017

Net cash from operating activities

£12.9m

£(21.4)m

2018

£15.5m

2017

£12.9m

£6.7m

Cash and cash equivalents

Underlying operating profit

£15.1m

2018

2017

£4.0m

£15.1m

2018

£15.7m

2017

Operational
2,258 boepd
•  Group production averaged 2,258 boepd for  
  the year

Reserves
•   2P reserves replacement of over 200% in 2018 
•  2P reserves of 14.56 MMboe at 31 December 2018

£10.8m

£9.2m

Albury
•  Successful completion of gas-to-grid project  
currently producing c.750 mscf/d (130 boe)

Shale exploration & appraisal
•  Commenced appraisal programme of the    

Gainsborough Trough basin in the East Midlands
•   Significant shale section encountered at Springs 

Road and promising initial results at Tinker 
Lane that are encouraging for the potential gas 
resources in the Gainsborough Trough basin

£4.0m

£1.3m

ROSPA
•  Awarded Presidents Award, representing 12  
years of commitment to Occupational Health  
and Safety

To read more on our operations 
see page 17

Our Strategy & Value Creation Cycle

Reserves and production growth

Developing portfolio  
of growth opportunities

Local and national 
engagement

To read more on Corporate Governance see page 34

Our 
resources  
and 
relationships

Maintaining 
competitive 
advantage

Energy 
Environment 
Responsibility 
Community

Continuous assessment

        V

alue creation – Turning oppo r t u n i

s  i n t o  v alu e

i e

t

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

1

 
 
 
 
Chairman's Statement

From strategy

to delivery

2019 will undoubtedly 
see further shifts in the 
energy mix. Given coal 
is being phased out and 
the future of nuclear 
is uncertain, how can 
we ensure security 
of supply? A reliable 
source of gas remains 
key to ensuring Britain 
continues to operate  
at full capacity.

Corporate Governance – 
adopting a new code
IGas is committed to maintaining 
high standards of corporate 
governance.

To read more on Corporate Governance 
see page 34

Or to read more about the QCA code and 
how we comply visit  
www.igasplc.com

Mike McTighe
Non‑executive Chairman

We are committed to ensuring 
that our teams and talent are 
diverse as we know the benefits 
that diverse thinking, perspectives 
and experiences can bring to our 
business.

2

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018As far as IGas is concerned we do not 
anticipate any direct post-Brexit issues for the 
business but believe our business becomes 
more important, if and when we are to leave 
the EU. The critical questions are, how will the 
UK continue to meet the national demand 
for gas and will we still be able to access our 
energy affordably?

Currently, gas meets 40% of the UK’s primary 
energy requirements. Over 80% of British 
homes are heated by gas and two thirds of 
people use it for cooking. Today we import 
roughly 50% of that gas requirement, and by 
2035 that figure is expected to rise to 75%. 
Imported gas costs us around £18 million a 
day. According to one National Grid scenario, 
Britain’s import bill could hit £10 billion a 
year – creating no jobs and generating no 
tax revenue in this country, but granting 
these benefits instead to countries including 
Norway, Qatar and Russia. 

Dependency on imports leaves the UK 
dangerously exposed to shortages and price 
spikes when there are infrastructure failures 
or tight international supplies. On 1 March 
2018, National Grid issued its first ‘gas supply 
deficit’ warning for eight years. A number of 
large businesses agreed with their suppliers 
to use less gas, and within-day prices rose 
to as high as 350 pence per therm – over six 
times the normal price. This inevitably hits 
our industrial competitiveness, pushes up 
costs for our gas-dependent manufacturing 
industries, and creates risks for business and 
increased prices for consumers.

As the Netherlands becomes a net gas 
importer, Norwegian gas will be in high 
demand and as competition for Norwegian 
supplies increases, a rising proportion of the 
UK’s gas is likely to come from countries with 
environmental and human rights standards far 
lower than our own. Large amounts of energy 
are required to freeze gas and transport it 
by ship as LNG, resulting in production and 
processing emissions being as much as twice 
those compared with home-grown shale gas 
production. 

This has been a year of solid delivery from 
existing operations. We have completed 
a number of capital projects, as well as 
commencing our shale appraisal campaign  
in North Nottinghamshire.

The business has demonstrated its resilience 
and following the refinancing in 2017, is on a 
sound financial footing which is important in 
these volatile markets, particularly in relation 
to commodity prices and foreign currency.

Whilst the challenges of operating in a 
volatile commodity market and navigating the 
uncertain and lengthy UK planning regime are 
self-evident, there is material upside in the 
producing and development assets within the 
IGas portfolio and significant opportunities 
lie ahead. We will reinvest capital in our 
asset base to take advantage of these 
opportunities. 

As a business, we take pride in our 
operations and strive for positive community 
engagement. Our Community Fund again 
distributed resources to support many local 
projects across our portfolio.

We maintain a company-wide focus on health, 
safety, and responsible operations. All of our 
production and drilling operations retained 
their ISO 14001 and 9001 certifications and 
we were awarded the ROSPA Presidents 
Award again, representing 12 years of 
commitment to Occupational Health  
and Safety.

The QCA Code
In March 2018, the AIM Rules were 
changed such that all AIM companies  
were obliged, from 28 September  
2018, to apply a recognised corporate 
governance code, providing details of  
that code on its website along with details 
of how the Company complies with or 
departs from that code.

I believe that the QCA Code provides 
the Group with the right governance 
framework in view of its size, strategy, 
resources and stage of development, as 
it offers a flexible but rigorous outcome-
oriented framework in which we can 
continue to develop our governance 
model to support our business.

Did you know?

8 out of 10 British homes use gas for heating 

People
We are committed to ensuring that our 
teams and talent are diverse as we know the 
benefits that diverse thinking, perspectives 
and experiences can bring to our business.

It has been another busy year across the 
business and I would like to thank all 
employees for their ongoing commitment  
and hard work.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to extend 
my sincere thanks to John Blaymires, our 
Chief Operating Officer, who will retire from 
the business on conclusion of the Springs 
Road vertical well. John has been an integral 
part of the IGas story for the last eight years. 
The Company has benefited greatly from his 
dedication and commitment, wise counsel 
and wealth of industry experience. We wish 
him well in all his future endeavours.

Outlook
We have laid down a solid foundation for our 
business and we will continue to ensure that 
our cost base reflects the external economic 
situation.

We are focused on balancing our investment 
in our assets with maintaining a sound 
financial footing in volatile market conditions. 
Our ongoing work programme across our 
shale acreage, principally funded by our 
partners, will give us important data in 
understanding further the increasingly  
vital resource beneath our feet.

Mike McTighe
Non-executive Chairman

3

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsOur Marketplace

From opportunity 
to growth

Political and Regulatory Update
On 17 May 2018, the UK Government issued 
a joint Written Ministerial Statement (WMS) 
from the Energy and Local Government 
Secretaries reiterating its support and 
commitment to our industry by stating shale 
gas development is of national importance. 
The statement itself constitutes a material 
consideration in local planning decisions.

As laid out in the WMS, on 19 July 2018, the 
Government launched two consultations: one 
that will consider allowing exploration wells 
to be drilled under permitted development 
(i.e. without the requirement of a planning 
application); and another on the inclusion of 
shale production projects into the Nationally 
Significant Infrastructure Projects regime. We 
responded to these consultations ahead of 
the 25 October 2018 deadline. 

There has been considerable 
misunderstanding publicly in respect of  
the consultation on permitted development. 
It does not extend to hydraulic fracturing,  
it is specifically for exploratory wells.  
The main concern of both the industry and 
local communities, is the fact that planning 
applications for even the simplest of wells 
now take up to 18 months to conclude and 
that many of the professional planning officer 
recommendations are ignored. This leaves 
communities with uncertainty and local 
taxpayers potentially with a huge bill to foot, 
and is against the experience of the previous 
ten years where most applications were 
decided in less than four months and against 
a statutory timescale of three months.

1 Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/energy-

chapter-1-digest-of-united-kingdom-energy-statistics-
dukes.

2 Source: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/

government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/
file/702640/Wave_25_Summary_Report.pdf 

4

Primary energy demand 20171

Natural Gas
38% 39%

Bioenergy 
& Waste
8.3%

Coal
5.3%

Net 
electricity 
imports
0.7%

Petroleum
35.8%

Nuclear
7.9%

Wind, Solar 
PV & Hydro

3%

UK Energy
The most recent statistics 
published from 2017 
show that oil and gas 
provided 75% of the UK’s 
primary energy

72%

of the population think that the UK is 
becoming too dependent on energy 
from other countries according to 
the latest BEIS perception study2

£

£

£

50%

c.50% of our gas is imported 
currently – set to rise to 75%  
in the next 17 years

17 years

68bcm

UK’s projected annual gas demand 
of 68bcm in 2030

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018The main fuels used by final consumers in 
2017 were petroleum products (47.8%), 
natural gas (28.6%) and electricity (17.5%)

48%
29%
117m 18%

Production from shale gas wells 
drilled over the next 20 years 
could save 117 million tonnes 
of CO2e compared with a  
UK economy based solely  
on LNG imports

Oil & Gas prices in 2018

  Oil
  Gas

90

85

80

75

70

65

60

55

50

45

40

Jan

Feb Mar

Apr May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

$62/bbl 67p/therm

Gas price in December 2018

Oil price in December 2018

Did you know?

Electricity makes up just 17.5% of energy 
consumption in the UK 

The planning system is just one of five 
separate regulatory processes that the 
industry has to satisfy. The other regulatory 
regimes are operated by the Environment 
Agency (EA), The Health and Safety Executive 
(HSE), The Oil and Gas Authority (OGA) and 
The Department for Business, Energy and 
Industrial Strategy (BEIS). We also have to 
seek permission from other bodies such as 
the Coal Authority. None of this changes 
under permitted development and so we will 
still need to receive environmental permitting 
consent, have our wells checked by an 
independent well examiner and reviewed by 
the Health and Safety Executive as well as 
receiving well consent from the Oil and Gas 
Authority.

A third consultation opened in October 
2018 on whether or not there should be a 
requirement for pre-application consultation 
with local people before we formally submit 
plans for any shale application. Our view is 
that there is already a significant amount 
of community engagement that takes place 
by both the industry and regulators and 
consideration of, and improvements to, 
existing consultation practices through our 
Industry Charter would be preferable to all 
than a prescriptive ‘tick box’ exercise.

On 5 October 2018, BEIS announced 
former labour MP, Natascha Engel as the 
new independent Commissioner for Shale 
Gas. In recognising the need to provide 
communities with impartial, fact-based 
information the Commissioner will act as 
a direct communication link between local 
communities, the shale gas industry and the 
industry regulators. The commissioner will be 
a contact point for residents, to listen to their 
concerns, refer them to relevant and factual 
research and help improve communication 
with regulators and industry.

At the same time, BEIS also announced 
the instigation of a Shale Environmental 
Regulator Group (SERG), which will bring 
the regulators (OGA, HSE and EA) together 
as a virtual body. The SERG will act as one, 
coherent, single face for local authorities and 
industry, helping to resolve regulatory issues 
on sites and sharing best practice with local 
authorities considering shale gas applications.

5

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsValue Creation

From potential to value

Our vision is to build a long-term material energy company in Britain in 
collaboration with the communities in which we operate and deliver value 
for all our stakeholders.

To read more on our operations 
see page 17

Our strategy remains clear and focused and we intend to deliver sustainable growth by focusing on exploiting 
our existing reserves, commercialising and developing our assets, including shale, and converting resources 
into reserves. 

The adoption of cost effective technologies to unlock value in our assets remains a key part of this.

Significant value creation opportunities across the business

Reserves and  
production 
growth

Developing 
portfolio 
of growth 
opportunities

Local and 
national  
engagement

Related risk factors

4.  Oil or gas production
7.  Oil market price risk

3.   Planning, environmental, 

licensing and other 
permitting risks
5.   Shale gas resources

1.  Exposure to political risk
3.   Planning, environmental, 

licensing and other 
permitting risks

To read more on our risks 
see pages 26 to 29

Maintaining 
competitive 
advantage

Our resources  
and relationships

Energy 
Environment 
Responsibility 
Community

Continuous assessment

V

alu

e creation – Turning oppo r t u n i

alu e

s  i n t o  v

i e

t

Our resources 
& relationships

Our Community
We build relationships 
with our stakeholders 
in the communities we 
operate in.

Our People
We constantly strive to 
develop our employees 
and their knowledge 
and skills.

To read more 
see page 30

Continuous 
assessment

To read more 
see page 33

Risks and uncertainties
We constantly assess the 
risks facing our business 
and develop mitigation 
strategies.

Key performance 
indicators
The success of our 
operations is measured 
against KPIs.

To read more 
see page 
26-29

To read more 
see page 24

6

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Investment Case The value we create not only creates returns for our shareholders, but also for our other stakeholders.

S

S

S

C

Reserves

2P conventional reserves 
replacement of 200% as at  
31 December 2018

C

S

Dual targets

Number of existing producing 
fields where shale potential 
underlays producing horizon

C

S
Operating 
Capability

Experienced UK operator 
of producing fields which is 
transferable to shale appraisal 
and development
c.100 producing wells
Majority of fields 100% 
owned and operated

Significant  
shale resources

Shale prospective resources  
of 2.5tcf (440 MMboe)

Significant 
carried work 
programme

Up to c.$220m with INEOS as at 
31 December 2018

High leverage 
to oil price

Existing infrastructure with  
near term upside

Primary  
recovery only 

Upside identified through water 
injection and infill drilling

C

C

C

Existing 
infrastructure

Benefits shale development

Financially 
sound

Refinanced and generating 
free cash flow 

Maintaining 
competitive 
advantage

Disciplined asset portfolio management

Optimisation of assets

Integrated management tools  
and financial management

Operating capability

Key

C

S

Conventional Assets

Shale Assets

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

7

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsValue Creation
continued

The future need for 
natural gas in the UK

In conversation  
with Michael 
Bradshaw, Professor 
of Global Energy, 
Warwick Business 
School

In 2018 the growing challenges 
surrounding the future role of 
natural gas became clear.

By the end of the previous year total gas demand was 
down 23 per cent since its peak in 2000, and at the same 
time, domestic production was down 63 percent on the 
2000 level, and it continued to decline during 2018. 
Nonetheless, with domestic production falling faster than 
demand, import dependency continues to rise. The latest 
figures from the OGA1, using the BEIS reference scenario 
for demand2, suggest that total import dependency could 
rise from around 50 percent today to 54 percent by 2025 
and 66 percent by 2030. Of course, this situation could 
change if there was significant growth in onshore natural 
gas production.

Today, the majority of the UK’s natural gas consumption is 
split between three sectors: electricity generation, domestic 
heating and cooking and industrial uses, where it is both a 
source of heat and a raw material. Data from BEIS for 2017 
show that power stations consumed 28.9% of total gas 
supply, the domestic sector 30%, and industry 19.2%3. 
Around 84% of households rely on natural gas for heating 
and in 2017 it also provided 40.4% of the UK’s electricity. 
So why the falling demand? There are at least three reasons: 
first, the growth of renewable electricity power generation 
(wind and solar) that have priority in the ‘merit order;’ 
second, improvements in energy efficiency; and third,  
a declining role for energy-intensive industry in the UK.

Natural Gas in the UK 
As the Climate Change Committee’s 2018 Progress Report4 
makes clear, the decarbonisation of the energy system is 
the primary reason why by the end of 2017 the UK’s total 
greenhouse gas emissions had fallen by 43% compared 
to 1990. In fact, some 75% of emission reductions since 
2012 have come from the power sector. Switching from 
coal to gas has played a major role in this success story, 
but with coal power gone by 2025, natural gas will be the 
most carbon-intensive fuel in the UK’s energy mix. With 
the current goal of reducing greenhouse gas emissions 
by 80% of 1990 levels by 2050, and the possibility of net-
zero emissions by 2050, there are growing uncertainties 
about the future role of natural gas in the low carbon 
energy mix.

There is no doubt that the so-called ‘dash for gas’ in 
the 1990s created a gas industry in the UK that has 
delivered secure and affordable energy for consumers. 
But challenges have emerged since the turn of the century 
as the underlying infrastructure has started to age. The 
most obvious example being the closure of the Rough 
Gas Storage facility, the UK’s only significant source of 
inter-seasonal storage. Declining production from the 
UK sector of the North Sea has been compensated for by 
growing Norwegian imports, the development of three 
LNG import terminals and two interconnector pipelines 
that link to Belgium and the Netherlands. At the same 
time, the National Transmission System (NTS), owned and 
operated by National Grid, has had to adapt to moving gas 
from different sources and directions from its original task 
of simply moving gas from the north to the south.  
All of this has made for an increasingly complex domestic 
gas market that must be balanced on a daily basis.

Challenges in 2018 
As noted at the onset, 2018 presented a number of 
challenges that have highlighted growing uncertainty 
over the UK’s future gas security. First, the so-called ‘Beast 
from the East’, a relatively short-lived spell of very cold 
weather at the end of February 2018, resulted in unusually 
high levels of gas demand and the cold temperatures 
themselves caused a number of technical failures. This 
led National Grid to announce a ‘Gas Deficit Warning,’ 
a signal to the industry that more gas is needed in the 
NTS to maintain the system. As a result, the price spiked 
and the gas flowed, as the Government later claimed 
‘the market worked.’ However, the resulting post-mortem 
made clear that the situation could have been much more 
serious had the ‘cold snap’ been more prolonged and that 
the presence of coal-fired power and the fact that it was 
windy meant that it was possible to reduce the amount of 
gas being used in the electricity system. 

8

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

Imagine, a prolonged cold snap at the end of the winter 
period after 2025, when LNG stocks would normally be 
low, with no wind and no coal and the situation could 
quickly become difficult. Also factor in that such weather 
systems tend to cover the whole of northwest Europe 
and that once we leave the EU, we may not be part of 
the single gas market; then we are also left to fend for 
ourselves. This line of reasoning has prompted calls for 
the Government to support the construction of more 
inter-seasonal storage, something it has so far refused to 
do, saying that it is for the market to decide.

The summer heat wave, both in the UK and in Asia, 
brought other challenges. The hot weather in the UK 
brought with it a ‘wind drought’ and although solar power 
thrived, more gas was used to generate electricity. At the 
same time, strong demand for LNG in Asia meant that 
relatively little came to the UK, which is traditionally when 
we fill our tanks for the winter. This strong demand also 
had the effect of pushing up the price of LNG, helped also 
by the recovery in oil prices, which together meant that 
with high gas prices in the autumn coal made a modest 
return in the power generation mix. However, over the 
year renewable generation6 accounted for a record 49.6% 
of total power generation. By the end of the year, soft 
demand in Asia saw LNG returning to the UK at much 
higher levels then previous years. 

Outlook for the future 
The problem now facing the UK’s gas industry is that 
new investment is needed to maintain the capacity and 
resilience of the system and also increase its flexibility 
in the face of growing renewable electricity; but there 
is growing uncertainty over just how much gas will 
be needed in the future. The Government’s Industrial 
strategy6 sees two possible energy decarbonisation 
pathways ahead: an electricity pathway that relies on 
low carbon electricity generation and storage; and 
a hydrogen pathway using natural gas and the availability 
of carbon capture usage and storage (CCUS) to produce 
hydrogen distributed by the existing gas distribution 
network. Both pathways face uncertainty, the first 
because the Government’s plans for new nuclear are 
in disarray, and the second, because CCUS is not yet 
commercially available. While continued gas demand 
in the 2020s seems fairly secure, there is no certainty 
over what will happen in the 2030s and beyond. Like the 
energy industry more generally, the gas industry makes 
significant investments that often take decades to pay 
back. The growing ‘energy transition risk’ makes it difficult 
to make long-term commitments and a clear vision is now 
required about the future need for gas in the UK.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

2018 presented a number of 
challenges that have highlighted 
growing uncertainty over the UK’s 
future gas security. 

1  Source: https://www.ogauthority.co.uk/media/5073/projections-of-
uk-oil-and-gas-production-and-expenditure-september-2018.pdf. 

2  Source: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/

uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/671187/Updated_
energy_and_emissions_projections_2017.pdf.

3  Source: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/

uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/729395/Ch4.pdf.

4  Source: https://www.theccc.org.uk/publication/reducing-uk-

emissions-2018-progress-report-to-parliament/.

5  Source: https://warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/impact/gassecurity/.
6  Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-energy-statistics-

2018-provisional-data.

7  https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/department-for-

business-energy-and-industrial-strategy.

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

9

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsValue Creation
continued

From residents 
to regulators

In conversation  
with the new 
Independent 
Commissioner  
for Shale Gas, 
Natascha Engel

The UK shale gas industry is still 
in its infancy. All the same, its 
potential to secure our energy 
supply and regenerate some of 
our most deprived communities 
means that it could be a real 
game‑changer. 

To realise this potential, local residents who are being 
asked to host shale gas operators need to be more 
involved, better informed and listened to – and to do 
this, the Government recently established the role of 
Commissioner for Shale Gas to provide a link and liaison 
point between local residents, the shale gas industry, the 
Regulators and Government. 

The enormous potential 
benefits that the 
industry could bring 
have been completely 
lacking from any 
discussion about  
shale gas.

10

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

A new role for new opportunities 
Whilst independent of Government, the role supports 
shale gas exploration as long as it is done safely and 
sensitively. Because of our long history of oil and gas 
extraction, we are lucky in the UK to have some of the 
strongest and tightest regulations in the world. 

Most importantly, the role recognised that often the 
voices of people who lived in the communities most 
directly affected by planning applications for shale gas 
were often missing from a debate dominated by highly-
organised and well-funded campaigns against fracking. 

It is these local residents and businesses that I have 
been meeting with since my appointment and hearing 
their frustration about the lack of rational debate and the 
difficulty in accessing factual information about fracking. 

This is the greatest frustration in the debate: the 
enormous potential benefits that the industry could 
bring have been completely lacking from any discussion 
about shale gas. 

How the industry can help communities 
Lancashire, Cheshire, North Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire 
and Yorkshire boast some of the UK’s most beautiful 
countryside and tourism destinations. They are, though, 
also some of our unemployment hotspots where youth 
joblessness is endemic with young people moving 
away in large numbers or remaining with few or no 
opportunities at home. 

For those people who care about meeting our 
decarbonisation targets, domestically-sourced shale 
gas can help here too: in the US where the shale gas 
revolution has made America an energy super-power, 
switching from coal to gas has seen a reduction in carbon 
emissions of over 10% in the last decade. 

Shale gas is the bridge 
In Germany, nuclear energy is being abandoned while 
everything is thrown into wind. This means relying on 
lignite (coal) as a back-up. It’s no surprise that their 
greenhouse gas emissions are rising. It demonstrates 
again that gas is the only realistic bridge to a more 
renewable energy future. 

This is why a calm, rational, science-led national debate 
on shale gas is essential – and post-Brexit, we simply 
can’t afford not to have the debate. As our North Sea 
reserves deplete, the prospect of a plentiful, reliable, 
secure domestic energy supply is something too 
important to ignore. 

Outlook for the future 
Shale gas exploration is still only at the prospecting 
phase. We need this year, more than ever, to find out 
what the size of the resource is that we have beneath  
our feet and how easily we can get at it. 

2019 is hopefully when the UK shale gas story will start 
in earnest. 

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

11

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsOperating Responsibly

From exploration 
to restoration

BEIS/OGA
The OGA is the body responsible for 
licensing and regulating the exploration 
and development of the UK's oil and 
gas resources.

Representatives from both bodies visited 
both Springs Road and Tinker Lane sites 
before and during drilling operations.

Health and Safety Executive (HSE)
The HSE monitors oil and gas operations 
from a well integrity and site safety 
perspective. It ensures that safe working 
practices are adopted by onshore 
operators. 

The HSE audited the well design and 
operational programme in advance of 
drilling both the Tinker Lane and Springs 
Road wells. They attended both sites on  
a number of occasions. 

Tinker Lane &  
Springs Road
Before and during any 
operation we are subject to 
rigorous health and safety, 
environmental and planning 
permission processes 
and regulations.

How do we ensure site 
safety and regulatory 
compliance?

The Company’s HSE Policy establishes 
the overall principles that underpin 
IGas' approach to Health Safety and 
Environment. IGas’s HSE Policy is 
supported by the HSE Standards.

Compliance with safety and 
environmental standards starts with 
in house training, for IGas personnel 
and during the procurement process 
for service providers. Adherence to 
safety and environmental standards 
is embedded within both working 
and contractual relationships. Prior 
to mobilisation to our development 
sites, service providers undergo audits 
and training to bed in IGas’s safety 
and environmental standards. Before 
working on site each individual visitor 
completes a training course informing 
them of the IGas Site Safety Rules as 
well as the Regulatory and Planning 
Conditions that the site works within. 

Toolbox talks are held daily and at 
the start of each new body of work. 
These meetings focus on the methods 
by which the work can be completed 
safely and in an environmentally 
sound manner. 

Every person in the business is 
empowered to report hazards. 
These are logged centrally and closed 
out promptly by the site manager who 
takes forward learnings into improved 
site wide and companywide practises.

12

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Environment Agency (EA)
The EA is the environmental regulator. 
Onshore oil and gas exploratory 
activities require environmental permits 
which are issued by the EA.

During the drilling of the Tinker Lane 
well, the Environment Agency conducted 
two regulatory inspections as well as 
other orientation visits. The purpose 
of the inspections was to ensure 
compliance with the site’s environmental 
permits. The regulatory visits found 
that the environmental permits were 
complied with in all material aspects. 

Mineral Planning Authority (MPA)
The MPA grants planning permission  
for the location of any wells and well 
pads, and impose conditions to ensure 
that the impact on the use of the land  
is acceptable.

The relevant MPA for Tinker Lane, 
Nottinghamshire County Council, 
conducted seven regulatory inspections 
during operations on site. These 
inspections were to ensure compliance 
with the 52 planning conditions that 
were attached to the planning consent. 
An area of particular focus was IGas’ 
adherence to an agreed routing to and 
from the site by Heavy Good Vehicles 
(HGVs). Since commencing operations 
in the East Midlands in November 2017 
over 2,600 HGV movements to and from 
the site occurred. Seven of these HGV 
movements (c.0.09% of all movements) 
were not in compliance with the agreed 
routing. Overall during site operations, 
we were in total compliance with all 
other planning conditions.

Local communities

How we engage 
and respond

The commencement of the 
construction stage of our Tinker Lane 
operation saw an increase in our local 
community engagement. Over the 
year, this took many forms including 
Community Liaison Group (CLG) 
meetings, site visits and leaflet drops.

The Tinker Lane CLG, established 
in January 2016, met seven times 
in 2018 with the group hosting 
several guest speakers. These guests 
included: representatives from IGas’ 
drilling team, who gave a detailed 
presentation on what the local 
community could expect to see and 
hear over the drilling period; the 
police, who explained and discussed 
the police presence at the site 
entrance, and; regular visits from both 
Nottinghamshire County Council, the 
EA and the HSE who all provided the 
group with information relating to 
their areas of expertise.

IGas also hosted several group visits 
to site both during construction and 
drilling. These groups included both 
the Tinker Lane and Springs Road 
CLGs, representatives from local 
resident groups, the media and local 
politicians and councillors.

In addition, and to coincide with 
the commencement of the drilling 
programme, IGas staff hand delivered 
1,500 leaflets to several villages 
around the site including Blyth, 
Barnby Moor, Ranskill, Torworth and 
Sutton cum Lound. This allowed 
us to have several conversations 
with locals and not only answer 
any questions about the operation 
but also allay many concerns that 
people had.

Further details on all our projects can 
be found at www.igas‑engage.co.uk

13

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsChief Executive’s Statement

From consolidation  
to future foundations

2018 was a year of 
delivery, completing  
a number of projects  
as well as taking further 
steps to improve our 
operating and production 
efficiencies. We are 
generating free cash 
flow and took proactive 
steps to invest into 
our producing and 
development assets.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

The increase in the oil price helped to 
boost cash flows from our producing 
assets, enabling us to invest in a number 
of sanctioned projects and advance our 
development ‘hopper’ by accelerating third 
party field development studies preparing for 
execution in 2019 and beyond. 

Operational Performance
Group production averaged 2,258 boepd for 
the year. Production for the first five months 
of the year was ahead of budget but was 
impacted by the shut-in of a water injection 
well at our Stockbridge field in August 2018. 
The injection well was brought back online 
and we are considering additional options for 
increasing water disposal capacity to uplift 
production. We successfully completed the 
Albury gas-to-grid project with full production 
start-up and gas export to the grid at the end 
of November 2018. We continue to progress 
the Welton water injection project building 
upon the success of the pilot results.

Read more about our marketplace 
see page 4

In 2018, we have undertaken a systematic 
review of our production portfolio, including 
identifying optimisation opportunities to 
enhance production and reserves. To aid 
this exercise we have carried out a series 
of field studies. These scoping studies have 
highlighted a number of opportunities with 
the most promising opportunities requiring  
a more detailed engineering evaluation  
and assessment before they are financial 
investment decision (FID) ready. We will 
continue to advance these over the next  
12 months. 

Following these studies, we commissioned  
an independent Competent Persons Report 
(CPR) by DeGolyer & MacNaughton (D&M) 
of our reserves and resources. There has 
been a significant 2P reserves replacement 
of over 200% in 2018 based on cumulative 
production of 0.82 MMboe in the year.

We began our shale appraisal campaign  
of the Gainsborough Trough basin in North 
Nottinghamshire, in the fourth quarter of 
2018. It is an integrated exploration and 
appraisal programme to better define the 
basin consisting of the margin sited well 
at Tinker Lane and a basin centred well at 
Springs Road.

We spudded the Tinker Lane well on  
27 November 2018 and reached total depth 
(TD) on 17 December 2018, significantly ahead 
of schedule. Whilst we did not encounter 
the Bowland Shale, the preliminary tests on 
shale samples from within the Millstone Grit 
Group are encouraging for the potential gas 
resources in the Gainsborough Trough basin. 
The analysis of these samples is still subject 
to further testing and validation. The results 
of this well will help calibrate our geological 
models of the region and importantly has 
demonstrated further improvements in drilling 
performance, which will be an important 
component of commerciality.

14

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018We believe that it is right to utilise our 
domestic gas resources to the maximum 
extent and exploring further the potential 
for onshore gas production from shale rock 
formations in the UK, where it is economically 
efficient, and where environmental impacts 
are robustly regulated. 

The well has now been plugged and 
abandoned and preparations are being made 
to fully restore the site. 

We mobilised the equipment to Springs 
Road in early January 2019 and spudded the 
well on 22 January 2019. In mid-February, 
we encountered shales on prognosis, at 
c.2,200 metres depth and drilled through 
a hydrocarbon bearing shale sequence of 
over 250 metres, including the upper and 
lower Bowland Shale. TD has been reached 
on 22 March 2019 at 3,500 metres after 
encountering all three targets – Bowland 
Shale, Millstone Grit and Arundian shales.

Significant gas indications were observed 
throughout the shale section and additionally 
within sands in the Millstone Grit sequence 
and the Arundian shales. The cores and 
wireline logs will now undergo a suite of 
analysis the first results of which should be 
available in the second quarter of 2019. 

In the North West, we were refused planning 
permission in January 2018 for a simple 
drill stem test, at our existing Ellesmere Port 
site, by Cheshire West and Chester Council 
(CWaCC) contrary to their planning officer's 
recommendations and despite receiving 
no objections from any statutory or non-
statutory technical consultees.

We made an application to appeal the 
decision, which was accepted, and a public 
inquiry took place over a period of 12 days in 
January, February and March 2019. Following 
further written submissions from all parties, 
the Planning Inspector will opine on the 
representations of the various parties and 
determine if the planning application should 
be allowed or refused.

No further activity in the PEDL licences that 
fall within the CWaCC Planning Committee 
will be undertaken until the outcome of the 
Ellesmere Port appeal is known.

Did you know?

Today we import roughly 50% of our gas, 
and by 2035 that figure rises to nearly 75% 

Our values
Respect
Respect is paramount, for  
our people, our environment,  
our partners and the safety  
of others.

Performance
Performing to the highest standards 
internally and externally and 
delivering against our targets.

Transparency
We are honest about what we do, 
how we do it and the challenges we 
face. We are open to challenge, to 
discussion and to improving how we 
work to reflect our values.

Collaboration
We take on challenges and find 
solutions through mutual trust, 
knowledge sharing and teamwork.

Commitment
We are fully committed to preserving 
the environment and providing safe 
and healthy working conditions. 

UK Onshore Shale Development
On 24 July 2018, Cuadrilla received final 
hydraulic fracture consent from BEIS for its 
first horizontal shale gas exploration well at 
its Preston New Road site in Lancashire. 

They commenced their hydraulic fracture 
programme on 13 October 2018 and 
announced first gas on 2 November 2018. 
They have repeatedly seen natural gas 
flowing back to surface along with the water 
injected during the fracturing process and this 
flow of gas was earlier than expected. Whilst 
there have been undoubted challenges 
and restrictions in operating within what 
is acknowledged to be a very conservative 
micro-seismic traffic red light threshold (set 
at just 0.5 on the Richter Scale), this early 
gas flow is a hugely encouraging signal of 
the potential locked up in this natural gas 
resource. 

Following two successful appeals, INEOS 
has permission for two exploration wells in 
Derbyshire and South Yorkshire, as part of 
their appraisal programme. 

15

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsChief Executive’s Statement
continued 

IGas in the Community
We have a responsibility to work in 
partnership with the communities in which 
we operate and we aspire to be a good 
neighbour by respecting the people and 
communities we impact and being sensitive 
to their needs.

To be successful, we need to work with 
communities and build respectful, long-
term relationships. By doing so we better 
understand local concerns and how we can 
work together to minimise disruption to 
peoples’ lives, and where we make mistakes: 
learning from these will help us to constantly 
improve our engagement approach.

The IGas Community Fund is now in its 
eleventh year and continues to help make 
a positive difference to community and 
voluntary organisations. Read more about 
projects that have benefited from the IGas 
Community Fund on p30-31.

People 
In February 2019, we announced that John 
Blaymires, Chief Operating Officer, will retire 
from the Company on the completion of the 
Springs Road vertical well. 

John has been a core member of the senior 
team at IGas for the last eight years and has 
helped to build the operational capacity 
we have today. We are all grateful for his 
valued contribution in that time and wish 
him well in his retirement. John’s day-to-
day responsibilities have been taken on 
by Ross Glover, Development Director, 
Chris Beard, Production Director and Ross 
Pearson, Technical Director who all joined 
the Executive Committee in February 2019. 
They bring highly complementary skills to the 
Executive as we move towards a very exciting 
period for the business in 2019 and beyond. 

Outlook
2018 was undeniably a significant year 
for shale exploration in the UK with the 
commencement of hydraulic fracturing at 
Preston New Road in Lancashire alongside the 
commencement of our appraisal programme 
in the Gainsborough Trough. We believe 
that, safely and responsibly produced, shale 
gas can be an important future resource for 
the UK. With over 80% of UK households 
using gas for heating, c.40% of electricity 
generation and industry using it to make vital 
products, it is not a case of whether we need 
to use gas but where we should source it 
from. 

We strive to employ and develop a strong 
and motivated workforce, develop local 
supply chains and work closely with our local 
communities to ensure they share in the 
benefits our industry can deliver. 

We are highly encouraged by the initial 
results of our exploration programme in 
the Gainsborough Trough basin and look 
forward to completing the interpretation of 
the complete data suite from the wells at 
both Tinker Lane and Springs Road. This will 
help refine our work programme in the East 
Midlands for the rest of the year. 

Across our existing assets in the East Midlands 
and the Weald Basin, we are advancing 
projects and taking them through FEED 
studies.

Whilst challenges in some areas of onshore 
planning remain, we are confident in our 
ability to progress the development of our 
assets. Significant opportunity exists within 
our portfolio but in order to carefully manage 
our cash, we will be prudent in bringing 
forward projects that have attractive returns 
at current commodity prices.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

16

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Operational Review

 From operation 
to efficiency

Continued emphasis 
on identifying 
opportunities to 
enhance production 
and reduce operating 
expenditure has 
resulted in a pipeline 
of maturing future 
investment projects 
and a 2P reserves 
replacement of over 
200% in 2018.

In addition to successfully 
bringing the Albury gas 
project on‑stream, the 
Production business 
was largely focused 
on maintenance and 
integrity activities on our 
facilities and pipelines. 
The Shale Development 
group advanced the 
Tinker Lane and Springs 
Road well projects with 
encouraging results in 
terms of performance 
and preliminary gas 
indications.

Production
Average net production for the year was 
2,258 boepd following the execution of 
the conventional capital expenditure 
programme; production gains were achieved 
through well optimisation and increased 
production efficiency across multiple fields. 
These production levels were attained 
despite the impact of reduced water 
disposal capacity at the Stockbridge field 
that prevented the reinstatement of a further 
c.100 boepd. As ever, all of the teams have 
worked hard across the portfolio.

The aim of the Stockbridge production 
recovery programme was to debottleneck 
the water management constraints at 
the field to create additional production 
capacity, whilst also returning existing wells 
to production. On the whole, the five well 
project program was executed in line with 
budget and schedule, with successful results 
arising from the intervention work on four 
wells and the effective drilling of the STK19 
side-track well. However, the sidetrack failed 
to provide the additional water injection 
capacity we had anticipated which meant 
the full benefit of the project could not be 
realised and c.100 boepd remains shut-in. 
Measures are being pursued to unlock this 
additional potential and alleviate the water 
handling constraints.

Our advancement of the Welton water 
injection scheme continued during 2018 
with the completion of an additional 
injection well plus enhanced injection 
capacity. Early indications, such as well 
performance and pressure response, are in 
line with prognosis leading to the approval 
of the next stage of the development early 
in 2019. A number of studies have been 
conducted to look at the broader issue of 
water management in the East Midland fields 
and how production and recovery could be 
optimised whilst lowering opex costs across 
the portfolio. Similar capacity constraints 
regarding water disposal as to those existing 
in the Weald also exist in the East Midlands 
and we have embarked upon an investment 
programme to address this to ensure that 
oil production and ultimately recovery are 
improved.

At Albury, the power generation element  
of the development was accelerated 
allowing electricity export to commence in 
July 2018, four months ahead of schedule.  
At the end of November 2018, in line 
with the project schedule the ‘Gas-to-
Grid’ scheme came online following the 
completion of the gas treatment, network 
entry and network pipeline enabling full 
capacity export to occur. The site now  
has a combined export capability of over  
170 boepd.  

During the year we continued to invest 
in our core assets which included routine 
maintenance and integrity activities on our 
facilities and pipelines, site facility upgrades 
and further extension of the digital oilfield 
programme. 

Over the last 12 months, we have undertaken 
a systematic review of our production 
portfolio, both fields and the associated 
infrastructure, in order to ascertain any 
performance or capacity issues and how 
these might be mitigated. We have also 
focused on identifying optimisation 
opportunities to enhance production and 
reserves and reduce operating expenditure. 
A series of field studies have highlighted a 
number of opportunities the most promising 
of which are being advanced through detailed 
engineering evaluation and assessment 
before they are fully FID ready. 

We will continue to advance these over the 
next 6-12 months to ensure we have a robust 
suite of attractive investment opportunities 
underpinning the business. The success of 
the Albury development has corroborated 
our views on some of the other stranded gas 
opportunities within our portfolio and we 
are now putting increased focus into their 
advancement in 2019 and beyond. 

In May 2018, we announced the potential 
sale of certain non-core assets to Onshore 
Petroleum Limited (OPL). We believe the OGA 
will not give their consent to the proposed 
transaction and are therefore in the process 
of exploring alternative options with OPL and 
the OGA as to the structure and form of a 
transaction.

17

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsOperational Review
continued

IGas Net Reserves and Resources

IGas’ reserves and resources were determined 
through an independent reserve assessment 
conducted by D&M as part of a CPR.

Net Reserves and Resources (MMboe)

1P 

2P 

2C3

As at 31 Dec 20171  8.11  13.64  22.21

As at 31 Dec 20182  9.78  14.56  19.20

Proved (1P) and probable (2P) developed 
reserves are estimated reserves that 
geological and engineering data 
demonstrate with reasonable certainty 
to be recoverable in future years under 
existing economic and operating conditions. 
As these are mature fields, their historical 
performances have reliable declines in 
producing-rate trends and the developed 
reserves have been estimated by the 
application of appropriate decline curve 
analysis with a cut-off defined as the limits 
of economic production. The developed, 
producing 2P reserves account for over  
90% of the total 2P reserves.

Probable (2P) undeveloped reserves were 
estimated for a number of incremental 
projects by using analogy type-well data 
of nearby wells completed in the same 
reservoirs. These incremental projects are 
actively being matured and have been 
determined to be more likely than not to 
be economically recoverable with some 
planned further capital investment. 

There has been significant 2P reserves 
replacement ratio of over 200% in 2018 
based on a cumulative production of 0.82 
MMboe in 2018. The reserves growth is due 
largely to a continued focus on optimising 
reservoir management, a combination 
of planned future investments in non-
producing and undeveloped reserves and 
movement of contingent resources to 
reserves through actual and planned capital 
investment.

The D&M independent evaluation also 
included an estimate of 2C net contingent 
conventional resources of 19.2 MMboe 
for IGas properties, using a conversion 
factor of 5.8 Mcf/boe for gas resources. 
These resources include conventional oil 
and gas resources within producing and 
undeveloped fields that can be readily 
developed once the particular contingencies 
are removed, should they be commercial or 

18

Digital Transformation 

Back in 2014, the IGas Information 
Systems team were asked how we could 
use technology to better manage our 
operations, improve efficiencies and 
manage information thus allowing us 
to improve business processes, provide 
standardisation and ensure quality of 
information across all areas of the business. 
This was the beginning of our journey of 
embracing Digital Transformation to provide 
the ability to monitor, manage and optimise 
the business more effectively.

The initiative commenced with the 
deployment of three key enterprise wide 
technologies to underpin these objectives. 
We focused initially on establishing an 
effective Information Management system 
by developing workflows, streamlining 
business processes and providing a 
metadata driven information management 
system.

both for our remaining producing assets 
but also in anticipation of the shale 
development progress.

The third element was the adoption of 
a Geographic Information System (GIS) 
technology across the business. This 
provides location based information and 
management and will be made available 
across the Company through a common 
network. A GIS based system combined 
with the Information System provides a 
powerful way of integrating and accessing 
all relevant data locally and quickly.

The investment in an enterprise-wide 
approach has enabled us to deliver 
improvements across the business from 
HR, finance, maintenance management, 
production monitoring and reporting and 
managing all our regulatory obligations. 
Utilising existing people and resources 
we have delivered these platforms at 
a significantly lower cost than buying 
them ‘off the shelf’ or employing external 
consultants.

Key to enhanced business and asset 
performance was the development of an 
in-house supervisory control and data 
acquisition system, Ignition. This facilitates 
real time monitoring and management 
of some 70% of our assets to optimise 
production and to minimise downtime.  

We will continue to develop this further  70%

of our assets have digital monitoring 
capabilities

1 IGas reported reserve and resource estimates published in 2017 Annual report production in 2018 of 0.82 MMboe. 
2 D&M estimates as of 31 December 2018 from the CPR, production in 2018 of 0.82 MMboe.
3 2C decrease due largely to successful capital projects in 2018 moving the resources into reserves. 

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
otherwise. The decrease in resources during 
the year is largely due to relinquishment of 
a non-producing asset and maturing capital 
projects that were advanced in 2018 moving 
the relevant resources into the reserve 
category. 

The prospective resource associated with 
shale exploration/appraisal is not included  
in this assessment. 

Development/Appraisal Assets
During 2018 good progress was made in 
developing our shale acreage.

In the East Midlands, we continued with  
the exploration of the Gainsborough Trough 
area. 

Construction of the Tinker Lane site and 
drilling of the stratigraphic well was 
completed in 2018. The purpose of the well 
was to delineate the edge of the shale in 
the Gainsborough Trough basin and fulfil a 
licence obligation. Whilst the target Bowland 
Shale was not present in the well, the 
indications of hydrocarbons encountered 
within the Millstone Grit Group of shales are 
encouraging for the potential gas resources 
throughout the Gainsborough Trough basin. 
The well has helped to better calibrate the 
seismic interpretation and define the margin 
of the basin. The well has now been plugged 
and abandoned and plans are being drawn 
up to fully restore the site to its former 
condition. It is anticipated that this will be 
carried out in mid-2019. 

Site construction and the drilling of the well 
was carried out successfully, under stringent 
environmental and planning conditions.  
The site hosted multiple visits by the various 
industry regulators at different stages of 
the operation. Throughout the operation 
there were no material breaches of any of 
the conditions. The site has been subject 
to significant environmental monitoring 
over the past two years, with data on noise, 
ground water and ground gas being regularly 
collected and analysed. The analysis of this 
data demonstrates that the site has had no 
significant environmental impact during its 
existence and no environmental effects will 
remain once the site has been restored. 

Site construction at our Springs Road site 
was completed in 2018. Drilling of the 
first of two wells at the site commenced 
in 2019. The purpose of the first well is to 
core and log various intervals in the centre 
of the Gainsborough Trough basin. As with 

Tinker Lane, the site is subject to stringent 
environmental and planning conditions. Site 
construction was carried out with no material 
breaches of any of the conditions. 

As with Tinker Lane, the Springs Road drilling 
performance has been very encouraging 
with improved rates of penetration 
leading to better than anticipated drilling 
performance and lower costs. The learnings 
from these initial wells will be incorporated 
into subsequent activity and demonstrate 
that such efficiencies will result in reduced 
time and cost of future wells with all the 
attendant benefits. 

We reached TD at 3,500 metres after 
encountering all three targets – Bowland 
Shale, Millstone Grit and Arundian shales.  
We encountered a hydrocarbon bearing 
shale sequence of over 250 metres, 
including the upper and lower Bowland 
Shale. Significant gas indications were 
observed throughout the shale section and 
additionally within sands in the Millstone 
Grit sequence.  A video showing some 
recovered core from the well effervescing 
gas when immersed in water can be viewed 
here: https://youtu.be/dnZDrTLWiyQ . 

We have now completed this phase of data 
acquisition which included the recovery of 
approximately 150m of shale core and an 
extensive wireline logging program across 
the Millstone Grit, and Upper and Lower 
Bowland Shale. Petrophysical and core 
analysis is currently being conducted,  
which will give us further insight into  
the resource potential and shale 
characterisation that will be utilised  
for future appraisal and development  
of the wider East Midlands area.

Having encountered both primary and 
secondary targets on prognosis we continue 
to drill into the tertiary target, to prove 
up the potential for multiple hydrocarbon 
bearing horizons within the Gainsborough 
Trough. The rate of drilling at both Tinker 
Lane and Springs Road (down to the primary 
target) were quicker than anticipated, with 
corresponding cost savings. This is highly 
encouraging for future cost efficiencies.

The Tinker Lane and Springs Road results will 
form the foundation of a pilot development 
in the East Midlands which looks to leverage 
the advantage our existing infrastructure and 
unique UK onshore operational capability 
offers. The first phase of our development 
indicates significant potential within the 

Did you know?

The food and beverages sector was the 
second biggest industrial consumer of 
natural gas in 2017

region to expand our existing operations 
around a pilot shale development that could 
see sustained production over the long-term. 
Based on average gas consumption rates, 
this would supply the needs of hundreds of 
thousands of UK homes for many years. The 
development would yield significant benefit 
for the local economy in the way of highly 
skilled, highly paid jobs. 

Our commitment to the local area would 
ensure the associated environmental 
impacts are minimised to the lowest possible 
level by way of investment in supporting 
infrastructure with innovative solutions. 
The UK’s long established, world class 
regulatory framework and our commitment 
to sustainable development ensures this 
exciting opportunity will bring a renewed 
focus and prosperity to many areas in  
the UK. 

In the North West, we appealed against the 
decision by CWaCC to refuse our planning 
application to carry out tests on the Pentre 
Chert Formation in our existing well at 
Ellesmere Port. The appeal was heard by way 
of a planning inquiry which began in January 
2019. The Planning Inspector’s decision to 
allow or to refuse the appeal is expected in 
the second quarter of 2019. 

The shale operations have the benefit of an 
extensive injunction that protects three sites, 
Springs Road, Tinker Lane and Ellesmere Port 
and access along the public highway to both 
Springs Road and Tinker Lane. The injunction 
was obtained in the second half of 2018 
and has resulted in significantly fewer 
obstructive actions.

Following the refinancing in 2017, 2018 has 
been a year in which the foundations for 
future growth, in both the production and 
shale business, has been established. All the 
teams are clearly committed to advancing 
our activities safely, environmentally 
responsibly and cost effectively.

19

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review

From investment 
to cashflow

We are generating 
free cash flow at 
current oil prices 
and will look to 
selectively reinvest 
capital into our 
portfolio of assets  
to deliver returns  
to all stakeholders.

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

Oil prices remained 
volatile in 2018 with 
the price of Brent crude 
increasing from c.$66/bbl 
at the beginning of the 
year to a high of $86/bbl 
in October 2018 before 
falling to a low of $50/
bbl in December 2018. 
Average oil price for 2018 
was $71/bbl (2017: $54/
bbl) which had a positive 
impact on our revenues. 

20

The average GBP/USD exchange rate for the 
year was £1: $1.34 (2017: £1: $1.29) which 
negatively impacted revenue for the year.

For the year ended 31 December 2018 
adjusted EBITDA was £10.8 million 
(2017: £9.2 million) whilst a loss was 
recognised from continuing activities 
after tax of £21.4 million (2017: profit 
£15.9 million). The main factors driving 
the movements between the years were 
as follows: 

• Revenues increased to £42.9 million 

(2017: £35.8 million) principally due to 
higher oil prices, partially offset by a 
4% decrease in volumes and a stronger 
average sterling to US dollar exchange rate;

• Other costs of sales increased to 
£21.9 million (2017: £21.4 million) 
mainly due to higher production and 
transportation costs partially offset by 
lower water handling costs and third  
party purchases. The higher costs also 
include operating costs for the Albury  
gas field which commenced production  
in November 2018;

• Administrative expenses decreased 
by £0.9 million to £5.5 million (2017: 
£6.4 million). Costs were lower in 2018 
than in 2017 principally due to a higher 
capitalisation of costs from increased 
capital activity and a greater recovery 
of costs from our joint venture partners;

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Adjusted EBITDA in the year was 
£10.8 million (2017: £9.2 million). 
Gross profit for the year was £14.2 million 
(2017: £6.5 million). Administrative costs 
decreased by £0.9 million to £5.5 million 
(2017: £6.4 million) principally due 
to a higher capitalisation of costs 
from increased capital activity and a 
greater recovery of costs from our joint 
venture partners.

Exploration costs written-off of £29.1 
million exploration expense includes the 
write-off of costs relating to PEDL 145 (Doe 
Green) where a long-term test relating has 
concluded that there is not the potential for 
a commercial development, an Albury well 
not being used in the current development 
and various licence relinquishments (2017: 
£0.1 million);

Other costs/income were £nil 
(2017: £0.2 million income).

Net finance costs were £3.9 million (2017: 
£6.2 million) primarily related to interest 
on borrowings of £1.9 million (2017: 
£5.4 million) which was lower following 
the capital restructure in April 2017, and 
a net foreign exchange loss of £0.8 million, 
principally on US$ denominated debt and 
bank balances (2017: gain £0.2 million). 
The Group realised a net gain on 
restructuring of £4.9 million in 2017. 

The Group made a loss on oil price 
derivatives of £0.7 million for the year 
due to the increase in underlying prices 
(2017: loss £2.1 million) and a loss on foreign 
exchange hedges of £0.2 million (2017: £nil).

Cash flow
Net cash generated from operating activities 
for the year was £12.9 million (2017: 
£6.7 million). The increase was primarily 
due to higher revenue and a decrease in 
administrative expenses offset by higher 
counter party payments in respect of 
realised hedges.

• The £29.1 million exploration expense 

includes the write-off of costs relating to 
PEDL 145 (Doe Green) where a long-term 
test has concluded that there is not the 
potential for a commercial development, 
an Albury well not being used in the 
current development and various licence 
relinquishments (2017: £0.1 million related 
to relinquished licences); and

• A tax credit of £3.7 million was recognised 
mainly due to the recognition of a deferred 
tax asset relating to ring-fence tax losses 
(2017: a tax credit of £19.1 million mainly 
due to the recognition of a deferred tax 
asset relating to ring-fence tax losses).

Income statement
The Group recognised revenues of 
£42.9 million for the year (2017: 
£35.8 million). Group production for the year 
averaged 2,258 boepd (2017: 2,335 boepd). 
Revenues included £2.4 million (2017:  
£3.0 million) relating to the sale of third 
party oil, the bulk of which is processed 
through our gathering centre at Holybourne 
in the Weald Basin. 

The average pre-hedge realised price for 
the year was $67.0/bbl (2017: $51.0/bbl) 
and post-hedge $57.4/bbl (2017: $51.3/
bbl). A £5.5 million loss was realised on 
hedges during the year (2017: realised 
loss of £0.2 million). The average GBP/USD 
exchange rate for the year was £1: $1.34 
(2017: £1: $1.29) which negatively impacted 
revenue for the year.

Cost of sales for the year were £28.8 
million (2017: £29.3 million) including 
depreciation, depletion and amortisation 
(DD&A) of £6.8 million (2017: £7.8 million), 
and operating costs of £21.9 million (2017: 
£21.4 million). Operating costs include a cost 
of £2.3 million (2017: £2.8 million) relating 
to third party oil. The contribution received 
from processing this third party oil was £0.2 
million (2017: £0.2 million). 

Operating costs per barrel of oil equivalent 
(boe) were £23.6 ($31.9), excluding third 
party costs (2017: £21.9 ($28.2) per boe). 
Operating costs per boe were higher in 2018 
due to higher production and transportation 
costs and lower volumes. 

The Group invested £10.6 million 
across its asset base during the year 
(2017: £6.3 million). £8.1 million was 
invested in our conventional assets including 
the successful completion of the Albury gas-
to-grid project, the Welton water injection 
project including the completion of an 
additional water injection well, a sidetrack 
at our Stockbridge site and investments 
at other sites in order to upgrade our 
site facilities, extend our digital oilfield 
programme and maintain our production 
at current levels. We invested £2.5 million 
in unconventional assets in relation to our 
shale development programme including the 
Ellesmere Port appeal. Expenditure on our 
Tinker Lane well was funded by a carry from 
our joint venture partner and did not result 
in a net cash outflow by IGas in 2018.

IGas repaid £1.7 million ($2.3 million) of 
principal on borrowings to bondholders 
during the year in accordance with 
the terms of the bonds. (2017: repaid 
£3.6 million ($4.6 million) and purchased 
bonds with a face value of £1.8 million 
($2.2 million). In 2017, IGas also carried out 
a capital restructuring resulting in a cash 
inflow of £46.8 million from the issue of 
shares and cash outflows of £39.3 million 
and £4.3 million, respectively, from the 
repayment of secured bonds and payment 
of  fees). IGas paid £1.8 million ($2.3 million) 
in interest (2017: £5.9 million ($7.3 million)).

To protect against the volatile oil price the 
Group places commodity hedges for a period 
of up to twelve months. The Group currently 
has 525,000 barrels hedged for 2019 with 
an average put price of $58.5/bbl with an 
average premium cost of $2.50/bbl. 

Cash and cash equivalents were £15.1 million 
at the end of the year (2017: £15.7 million).

Balance sheet
Net assets were £161.7 million at 
31 December 2018 (2017: £181.6 million) 
with the decrease of £19.9 million arising 
primarily from the loss for the year. 

Intangible exploration and evaluation  
assets decreased by £25.8 million primarily 
as a result of amounts written-off of £29.1 
million, offset by additions during the year  
of £3.6 million. 

21

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review
continued

capital expenditure in order to remain  
within the Company's banking facilities. 
All such mitigating actions are within 
management's control. 

Therefore, after making appropriate enquiries 
and considering the risks described above, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in existence for the foreseeable 
future. Thus they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements.

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

At 31 December 2018, the Group has a 
combined carried gross work programme 
of up to $220 million (£170 million) ) (2017: 
$240 million (£179 million)) from its partner, 
INEOS Upstream Limited. In 2018 £9.2 
million (2017: £3.0 million) gross costs were 
carried, principally in relation to activities 
at Tinker Lane and Springs Road, which 
have not been included in the additions to 
intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
during the year.

Borrowings decreased from £21.2 million 
to £21.0 million with repayments being 
offset by an increase due to the impact of  
a higher USD/GBP foreign exchange rate.

At 31 December 2018, the Group’s derivative 
instruments had a net positive fair value 
of £2.2 million due to a decrease in the 
underlying Brent forward curve (2017: net 
negative fair value of £2.8 million). 

Other provisions decreased by £4.2 million 
to £37.9 million. The overall decrease 
of £4.2 million in the decommissioning 
provision was principally due to a transfer 
to liabilities held for sale of £9.9 million 
offset by an increase of £4.7 million due to 
a reassessment of future decommissioning 
liabilities following an independent study.

Net debt at the year end, being the 
nominal value of borrowings less cash 
and cash equivalents, was £6.4 million 
(2017: £6.2 million).

22

Disposal of Non-core Fields
In May 2018, we announced the potential 
sale of certain non-core assets to Onshore 
Petroleum Limited (OPL). We believe the 
OGA will not give their consent to the 
proposed transaction and are therefore in 
the process of exploring alternative options 
with OPL and the OGA as to the structure 
and form of a transaction.

Going Concern
The Group continues to closely monitor 
and manage its liquidity risks including the 
continued use of both oil and interest rate 
derivatives. Cash forecasts for the Group 
are regularly produced based on, inter alia, 
the Group's production and expenditure 
forecasts, management's best estimate 
of future oil prices, management’s best 
estimate of foreign exchange rates and the 
Group's borrowings. Sensitivities are run 
to reflect different scenarios including, but 
not limited to, possible further reductions 
in commodity prices, strengthening of 
sterling and reductions in forecast oil and 
gas production rates. The Group’s base 
case working capital forecasts show that 
the Group will have sufficient financial 
headroom for the 12 months from the date  
of approval of the financial statements.  
To manage the impact of the most extreme 
downside scenarios modelled, management 
would have to take action, including delaying 

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Realised price per barrel

$57.4

Realised price per barrel

$16.4  Net back to IGas per BOE

$9.1  G&A per BOE

$23.6  Other operating cost

$4.4   Well services

$3.9  Transportation & storage

Key financial statistics

Adjusted EBITDA and underlying operating profit1

Year ended  
31 December 2018 
(£m) 

Year ended
31 December 2017 
(£m)

Revenues 

Adjusted EBITDA1 

Underlying operating profit1 

Gain/(loss) after tax 

42.9 

10.8 

4.0 

(21.4) 

Net cash from operating activities 

12.9 

Net debt2 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Net assets 

6.4 

15.1 

161.7 

35.8

9.2

1.3

15.5

6.7

6.2

15.7

181.6

Net debt

31 December 2018 
£m 

31 December 2017
£m

Debt (nominal value excluding  
capitalised expenses) 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt 

(21.5) 

15.1 

(6.4) 

(21.9)

15.7

(6.2)

Adjusted EBITDA1 

Loss before tax 

Net finance costs 

Depletion, depreciation &  
amortisation 

Impairments/write-offs 

EBITDA 

Share based payment charges 

Redundancy costs 

Gain on capital restructuring 

2018  
 £m 

(25.1) 

3.8 

6.9 

29.1 

14.7 

0.8 

– 

– 

Unrealised (gain)/loss on hedges 

(4.7) 

Adjusted EBITDA 

10.8 

Underlying operating profit1 

Operating loss 

Share-based payment charge 

Redundancy costs 

Impairments/write-offs 

Unrealised loss on hedges 

Underlying operating profit 

2018  
£m 

(21.2) 

0.8 

– 

29.1 

(4.7) 

4.0 

1  Adjusted EBITDA and Underlying Operating Profit are considered by the Company to  

be a useful additional measure to help understand underlying performance.
2  Net debt is borrowings less cash and cash equivalents excluding capitalised fees.

2017
£m

(3.3)

6.2

7.9

0.1

10.9

1.1

0.2

(4.9)

1.9

9.2

2017
£m

(2.0)

1.1

0.2

0.1

1.9

1.3

23

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Performance Indicators

From performance 
to monitoring

Non-Financial

Lost Time Injuries (number)

Progress on Five Year Shale Development plan

1

20181

20171

20161

20152

2014/153

1

2

0

0

1

Reason for choice

Health and safety is of paramount 
importance to us in providing the highest 
level of protection to all our stakeholders. 

20181

20171

20161

20152

Completed site construction at both Tinker Lane and Springs Road; drilled a vertical well 
at Tinker Lane and plugged and abandoned the well following completion of drilling; and 
appealed the decision for flow tests at Ellesmere Port following rejection of the application 
by CWaCC 

Granted planning permission for a vertical well in PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane); planning conditions 
discharged and site construction commenced for both Springs Road and Tinker Lane; submitted 
planning application for flow tests at existing Ellesmere Port well; and submitted a scoping 
request for drilling and hydraulically fracturing a well at Ince Marshes in the NW

Granted planning consent for 2 wells (horizontal and vertical) in PEDL 139/140 (Springs Road); 
submitted planning application for drilling in PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane); received five new shale 
licences in the 14th round; and completed interpretation of 3-D seismic in the NW

Acquired 3-D seismic in the NW; submitted planning application for drilling in PEDL 139/140 
(Springs Road); 14th Round licence applications; and secured INEOS farm-in

2014/153

Drilled Ellesmere Port-1; and issued five year shale development plan

The Shale Development plan is key to delivering shareholder value and delivering against our 
strategy. 

How we calculate

How we measure

Progress against budgeted work programmes is tracked on a monthly basis and reported to 
the Board. Where progress is slower than expectations actions are taken to understand the 
reasons and actions taken to address the issues.

The target for the year was to drill two wells in the East Midlands having received planning 
permissions and commenced site constructions in 2017. Unfortunately discharging planning 
conditions took longer than anticipated and we were only able to drill the Tinker Lane well in 
2018, with the Springs Road well commencing drilling in January 2019. The planning application 
for a well test at Ellesmere Port was refused at the planning committee meeting on 25 January 
2018. We appealed this decision and the Planning Inspector is hearing the appeal in early 2019.

This measure is used to determine the level of annual cash bonus.

We track nine leading and nine lagging 
indicators during the year and these are 
reported to the Board on a monthly basis. We 
aim to have zero LTI’s but when we do have an 
LTI this is fully investigated with clear remedial 
action as required and communication of 
learnings to the organisation.

Target and results for 2018

The target was to have zero LTI’s and this 
was not achieved in the year. We had one 
LTI which was thoroughly investigated and 
meetings were held across the organisation 
to ensure the lessons were learned from the 
investigations. We have again maintained 
our ISO 9001 and 14001 accreditation with 
no major non-conformances identified 
and successfully transitioned to the new 
standards in September 2018. 

Remuneration link

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

Link to strategy

24

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018A reminder of our strategy

Reserves and production 
growth

Developing shale 
portfolio

Local and national 
engagement

Financial

Production (boepd)

2,258 boe/d

20181

20171

20161

20152

2014/153

Operating costs ($/boe)

$31.9/boe

Operating cash flow (£'000)

£12.9m

2,258 boe/d

20181

2,335 boe/d

20171

2,355 boe/d

20161

2,570 boe/d

20152,4

2,737 boe/d

2014/153

$31.9/boe

20181

$28.5/boe

20171

$28.8/boe

20161

$24.6/boe

20151

$34.6/boe

2014/152

£12.9m

£6.7m

£12.4m

£1.0m

£26.5m

Reason for choice

The Group aims to maintain production levels 
to provide operating cashflow for funding 
of the Group. To ensure this target is met an 
appropriate level of capital investment is 
planned to mitigate against the underlying 
decline in our mature fields. 

How we measure

Operating costs per boe is a key focus for the 
Group as keeping costs low will improve the 
cash that we generate from our producing 
assets.

Operating cash flow is key to providing 
funding for investing in the business as we 
pursue our growth strategy. 

Daily and weekly production is monitored 
for all producing assets and reported weekly 
to senior management and monthly to the 
Board. Monthly production forecasts are 
prepared during the year to measure progress 
against the production target.

Operating costs are monitored closely to 
ensure that budget targets are being met. 
Operating costs are reported on a monthly 
basis to the Board and actions are taken,  
as required, to control costs in line with  
the budget.

Operating cash flow is reported to the Board 
on a monthly basis. Regular forecasts are 
undertaken to ensure operating cash flow is 
in line with budget, as well as longer-term 
forecasts to ensure that the strategy of the 
business can be adequately funded.

Target and results for 2018

Production for 2018 was 2,258 boe/d which 
was marginally below the target of 2,300 
boe/d. Production gains were achieved 
through well optimisation and increased 
production efficiency across multiple fields 
but the principal reason for the shortfall 
was the impact of reduced water disposal 
capacity at the Stockbridge field that 
prevented the reinstatement of a further 
c.100 boepd. 

Remuneration link

Operating costs for 2018 were $31.9/boe 
which achieved the target set for the year. 
Absolute operating costs were below budget 
for the year but when combined with the 
lower production rate and the continuing 
weak sterling against the US dollar, the target 
per barrel rate was achieved. 

Operating cash flow for 2018 was £12.9m 
which achieved the target set for the year.  
An increase in oil price during the year 
improved operating cash flow but this was 
offset by below budget production in the 
second half of the year. 

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is not used to determine the 
level of annual cash bonus.

Link to strategy

1.  Year ended 31 December.
2  Nine months ended 31 December 2015. 
3  Year ended 31 March.
4  2015 operating costs included a one-off rates rebate equivalent to  
$5.5/boe, so underlying operating costs for 2015 were £30.1/boe. 

25

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisk and Uncertainties

From identification 
to management

The Group constantly 
monitors the Group’s risk 
exposures and reports 
to the Audit Committee 
and the Board on a 
regular basis. 
The Audit Committee receives and reviews 
these reports and focuses on ensuring that 
the effective systems of internal financial 
and non-financial controls including the 
management of risk are maintained. The 
results of this work are reported to the Board 
which in turn performs its own review and 
assessment on an annual basis.

Risk management framework

Board

Principal 
committees

Audit Committee

IGas teams & risk owners

Key Risk Areas
The risks around our existing business are set out in more detail on pages 28 and 29 but the key 
risk areas can be identified as being associated with the following:

Strategic

Operational

Financial

Making sure we apply 
the appropriate strategies 
in certain situations and 
ensuring we deliver on 
strategic objectives.

Successfully developing 
oil and gas through 
our production and 
development assets.

Prudent financial 
management seeks 
to mitigate the impact 
of market fluctuations.

Board
The Board is responsible for setting the  
Group's risk appetite and acceptable risk 
tolerance and putting in place a framework  
for risk management.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee oversees the framework 
for risk management and ensures it is 
operating effectively.

IGas teams & risk owners
The risks are separated into strategic, 
operational and financial categories. Senior 
management are assigned responsibility for 
the identified risks within the three categories 
(see risk management process below).

Risk matrix

Key

Strategic

Risk spread

Financial

Operational

26

Risk management process
The risk management process utilises 
risk registers held within the production 
and development business and these are 
consolidated at a corporate level. Key risks  
in these registers have assigned owners  
and are renewed as part of the quarterly 
business performance reviews. The risk 
owners believe that the risks are monitored, 
mitigated and appropriate controls are 
implemented. The Audit Committee has 
delegated authority to the Excom to manage 
the risks. 

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Risk Scale

h
g
i
H

h
g
i
h
-
m
u
d
e
M

i

i

m
u
d
e
M

i

m
u
d
e
m
w
o
L

-

Risks
1.  Exposure to political risk
2.  Strategy performance
3.  Planning, environmental, licensing  

and other permitting risks

4.  Oil or gas production
5.   Shale gas resources

6.  Loss of key staff
7.  Oil market price risk
8.   Gas and electricity market price risk
9.  Exchange rate risk
10. Liquidity risk
11.  Capital risk

1

7

3

9

4

10

5

2

2

6

11

8

w
o
L

e
d
u
t
i
n
g
a
M

Low

Low-medium

Medium

Medium-high

High

Likelihood

Mapping risks against strategy

Key

Change in risk

Reserves and  
production growth

Local and national  
engagement

Developing shale  
portfolio

Increased risk

Stable risk / No change

Decreased risk

8

6

6

7

6

1

1

5

5

10

2

2

11

3

4

10

2

4

3

9

9

3

27

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
Risk and Uncertainties
continued

Risk

Strategic

Executive 
ownership

Mitigation

Change

Strategic 
link

1.  Exposure to political risk

This can include changes in Government or 
the effect of a local or national referendum. 
These political risks can result in changes in 
the regulatory or fiscal environment (including 
taxation) which could affect the Group’s ability  
to deliver its strategy.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

Through UKOOG and other industry 
associations the Group engages with 
Government and other appropriate 
organisations to ensure the Group is kept 
abreast of expected potential changes and 
takes an active role in making appropriate 
representations.

2.  Strategy performance

Strategy fails to meet shareholder 
expectations.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

Provide clear, transparent and consistent 
communication to all stakeholders. Ensure 
delivery against the five year plan. Regular 
meetings with shareholders and potential 
shareholders.

Operational

3.  Planning, environmental, licensing  

and other permitting risks
Planning, environmental, licensing and 
other permitting risks associated with 
operations and, in particular, with drilling 
and production operations.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

4.  Oil or gas production

Oil or gas is not produced in the anticipated 
quantities from any or all of the Group’s 
assets or that oil or gas cannot be delivered 
economically.

Production 
Director –  
Chris Beard

5.  Shale gas resources

Successful development of shale gas 
resources is not achieved.

Development 
Director –  
Ross Glover

6.  Loss of key staff
Loss of key staff.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

The Group considers that such risks are 
partially mitigated through compliance with 
regulations, proactive engagement with 
regulators, communities and the expertise  
and experience of its team. Continual 
dialogue with local authorities to understand 
requirements.

The Group considers that such risks are 
mitigated given that its producing assets are 
located in established oil and gas producing 
areas, there is a portfolio of producing 
assets and its operating staff have extensive 
expertise and experience.

Investment in further data acquisition, drill 
wells to get core and log data and deliver 
successful flow tests. Work with our Joint 
Venture partners to identify prospective 
drilling opportunities.

Provide and maintain a competitive 
remuneration package to attract the correct 
calibre of staff. Build a strong and unified 
team and ensure we have a clearly defined 
people strategy based on culture and talent. 
Development plans in place for all staff.

Direction of change

A reminder of our strategy

Increase

No change

Decrease

28

Reserves and production growth

Developing shale portfolio

Local and national engagement

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk

Financial

Executive 
ownership

Mitigation

Change

Strategic 
link

7.  Oil market price risk

Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of oil in the 
context of the production from oil fields it 
owns and operates.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Group has hedged a total of 525,000 
barrels over the year to 31 December 2019, 
through a mixture of puts and zero cost 
collars. 

The Board seeks to underpin the Group’s 
future cash flows by entering into a 
combination of put and call options for 
baseline production to cover 12 months 
forward. The Board will continue to monitor 
the benefits of such hedging.

8.  Gas and electricity market price risk
Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of gas 
and electricity in the context of its future 
unconventional production volumes.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Board monitors the benefit of entering 
into contracts at the appropriate time to 
protect against gas and electricity price 
volatility.

9.  Exchange rate risk

Exposure to exchange rate risk through both 
its major source of revenue and its major 
borrowings being priced in $.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Board monitors the cash flows of 
the Group to ensure currency exposure 
is understood. Exchange rate hedges are 
considered to ensure that cash inflows 
in dollars are matched with sterling cash 
outflows.

10. Liquidity risk

Exposure, through its operations,  
to liquidity risk.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Board regularly reviews the Group’s  
cash forecasts and the adequacy of  
available facilities to meet the Group’s  
cash requirements.

11.  Capital risk

The Group is exposed to capital risk 
resulting from its capital structure, including 
operating within the covenants of its 
existing bond agreements.

CEO –  
Julian Tedder

The capital structure is continually monitored 
to ensure it is in line with the business needs 
and ongoing asset development. Further 
details of the Group’s capital management 
policy are disclosed in note 24 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

29

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
Sustainable and Responsible Business

From regulation  
to communication

Community Engagement
Engaging with communities local to our  
sites, both new and old, is a central ethos 
of IGas. Whether these are new sites 
being planned, sites at an early stage 
of development or sites being further 
developed after years of operations, this 
work takes a number of forms including 
leaflet deliveries, public exhibitions, site 
visits, town hall meetings, presentations 
and door‑knocking. These activities are 
particularly important in localities who 
have not benefited from the experience  
of having an oil and gas site nearby 
in the past as it allows us to work in 
partnership with communities to ensure 
our local knowledge allows us to avoid 
any unnecessary impacts. As well as this, 
it provides the opportunity to explain our 
operations in more detail and allay any 
concerns people might have.

As a result of ‘gas‑to‑grid’ Albury project, 
over the last year we were also required 
to work in conjunction with a third party – 
Southern Gas Networks (SGN) – to engage 
with a local community. Whilst we held 
our own public exhibition in relation to 
this project our expert staff also attended 
SGN’s public exhibition. While this 
operation had an unavoidable impact on 
the local community in the form of some 
road closures, our work with SGN, and the 
work that we have undertaken over several 
preceding years, meant that the local 
community remained well informed and 
accommodating of our work and the long‑
term benefits it would deliver.

Community Fund 
Since its launch in 2008, the IGas Community 
Fund has awarded almost £1 million to local 
communities.

Another key method of community 
engagement that IGas undertakes are 
Community Liaison Group (CLG) meetings. 
We currently run two, one associated with 
our Tinker Lane site and one associated with 
our Springs Road site. Over the course of 
2018, IGas Energy facilitated seven Tinker 
Lane CLG meetings and six Springs Road 
CLG meetings. These meetings provide an 
opportunity for IGas to answer questions 
brought to meetings by local County, District 
and Parish Councillors, and community 
representatives that they have been asked 
by the local community.

At IGas we also recognise the importance 
of engaging with communities around our 
existing sites. Though these sites are mostly 
well established, we still recognise the 
responsibility we have to being continually 
accessible. As such, over the last year we 
have responded to countless inquires 
relating to our conventional assets and 
have conducted three visits to established 
sites. These visits were for members of the 
local community, Parish Councils and local 
academia groups and successfully ensured 
that local people understand our operations 
and can scrutinise us on both what we’re 
doing and how we do it.

The Dunholme Trust 
was recently the lucky 
recipient of IGas 
funding, what a huge 
difference the input 
of such funds can 
make to a small local 
charitable body.

The playground is absolutely amazing 
and has transformed our Primary School 
students play and learning time – it is 
only thanks to generous funders like 
IGas Community Fund that were able 
to turn this project into a reality for our 
students who all have complex physical 
disabilities.

30

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

I love being at the 
forest school,  
it's the best bit of  
my week.

It was the funding 
support from IGas that 
resulted in a catalyst 
of events that has had 
an amazing impact on 
the lives of the pupils. 
The funding paid for 
the materials and the 
school contributed the 
time and expertise of 
the site team to build 
an outdoor classroom.

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

31

Sustainable and Responsible Business
continued

Local communities

Benjamin Adlard 
Primary School

Health, safety, environment  
and quality (HSEQ)
The health and safety of people, the 
protection of the environment and compliance 
with all applicable legal and internal 
requirements, as well as industry best practice, 
are critical to the overall success of IGas.

The Company seeks to ensure all waste 
streams are recycled and not disposed 
of in order to minimise the impact on the 
environment. We regularly audit our waste 
streams and work closely with our contractors 
to ensure the appropriate recovery/recycle 
options are used. 

COMAH (Control of Major Accident Hazards 
Regulations) sites remain an ongoing 
programme for monitoring and improvements. 
Following a number of Competent Authority 
assessment visits no major non-compliances 
have been identified.

ISO 9001/14001 accreditation continues to be 
an important part of the business as it helps 
to demonstrate that we have management 
systems in place that meet the requirement 
of the international standards recognised by 
other businesses and regulatory authorities. 
The Company was pleased to announce a 
successful transition to ISO 9001/14001:2015 
Standards in September 2018. 

The Strategic Report, as set out on 
pages 02 to 33, has been approved 
by order of the Board.

Providing a safe working environment for all 
of our staff is a business priority. Safe and 
sustainable performance is monitored and 
reported regularly. All required monitoring 
and measuring activities associated with HSE 
performance, including scheduled HSE audits, 
took place as planned in 2018. 

The Company has achieved all of its’ HSEQ 
Leading Indicator KPIs and its’ incident 
rate is substantially below published (HSE 
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations 2013 RIDDOR) 
industry statistic rates, based on number of 
employees and hours worked. The business 
continues to drive improvements through 
awareness campaigns and engagements 
through its committee of Representatives for 
Safety. This is demonstrated through IGas 
achieving the ROSPA Presidents Award again, 
representing 12 years of commitment to 
Occupational Health and Safety. 

We are committed to working with regulators 
and within local communities to ensure that 
all our activities are undertaken safely and 
environmentally responsibly.

Operationally we were busy across the 
business and we have highlighted some of 
the numerous standards and guidelines that 
we have to conform to as part of a drilling 
operation on pages 12 and 13.

Whilst our activities are based on stringent 
regulation and risk evaluations there was 
a RIDDOR incident during the year which 
resulted in an Improvement Notice being 
issued by the HSE, which has been fully 
addressed and closed out. The follow up 
investigations have proved invaluable in 
helping to identify areas for continuous, 
ongoing improvement. 

As an active member of UKOOG, we 
participate in all Health and Safety Leadership 
as well as Environmental Leadership working 
Groups. The Health and Safety Leadership 
Group seeks to drive safety improvements and 
consistency of approach across the onshore 
industry. 

Benjamin Adlard Primary School is situated 
in one of the most deprived areas in the 
country. The school has had a number of 
challenges over the years and whilst it 
continues to have those challenges the 
inception of a new Head Teacher’s vision 
has resulted in an exceptionally safe and 
supportive school for the children and 
community it serves. One idea the staff 
wanted to pursue was the use of the land 
at the back of the school, whilst set on 
a hillside there was a myriad of experiences 
waiting for the pupils to explore which 
would offer enrichment of language and 
skills. However a lack of funding meant 
the area continued to be unused and 
overgrown. It was the funding support from 
IGas Energy that resulted in a catalyst of 
events that has had an amazing impact 
on the lives of the pupils. The funding 
paid for the materials and the school 
contributed the time and expertise of the 
site team to build an outdoor classroom. 
Once completed a Teacher dedicated to 
completing his Forest School Training was 
brought into the fold and as they say the 
rest is history… although the school had 
already made a huge difference to the 
lives of the pupils the inception of the 
Forest School was the icing on the cake. 
The school went on to win the Pearson 
Teaching Award School of the Year for 
Making a Difference.

32

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Our People
Organisation culture is one of the most 
important attributes of any company.  
A common understanding of clearly defined 
goals, objectives and standards can motivate 
employees to perform and engage with 
their work, align behaviours to common 
values, increase knowledge sharing, build 
trust and increase productivity. Managers 
and supervisors across all levels of an 
organisation must understand the people 
aspects of corporate culture and be equipped 
with the tools to lead for success.

During 2018 IGas took the opportunity 
to expand its well-established HSEQ 
and governance training programmes to 
introduce a company-wide Management 
Development Programme for all leaders, 
from first line supervisors, to team managers 
and functional heads. Covering over 50 staff 
(approximately one third of the workforce) the 
Programme comprises an initial assessment 
utilising a 360° feedback tool to establish 
how each managers’ colleagues perceive 
their performance against core behaviours 
including communication, team leading, 
people development, personal effectiveness 
and decision making.

The training, conducted over three separate 
days, provides an opportunity to practice and 
embed the learned skills before moving on to 
subsequent, and more challenging, modules. 
Broadly themed under ‘Leading for Success’, 
’Supervisory Skills‘ and ‘Managing Employees’ 
each module explores a range of strategies to 
deal with ‘real’ work situations, and provides 
a range of techniques to effectively lead 
and manage teams in the delivery of well 
communicated and common goals.

Feedback from the training has scored 
highly against the ‘helpful’ and ‘relevant’ 
categories and identified a range of further 
‘wants and needs’ ranging from advanced 
communication and conflict management 
training to further studies in Emotional 
Intelligence and NLP techniques. 

As noted above, we have continued to deliver 
our well established corporate training 
programmes, whether regulatory (GDPR and 
Anti-Bribery), office health & safety or as 
part of on-going professional development 
captured during annual performance and 
development appraisals. 

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018

33

 
Introduction to Governance

From transparency 
to expertise

The Board ensures that high 
standards of corporate governance 
are met and a comprehensive 
risk management and planning 
process is in place.

Mike McTighe
Non‑executive Chairman

The Board believes that 
the QCA Code provides 
the Group with the right 
governance framework in 
view of its size, strategy, 
resources and stage of 
development, as it offers 
a flexible but rigorous 
outcome-oriented 
framework in which we 
can continue to develop 
our governance model  
to support our business.

34

Dear Shareholder,
As Chair of the Company, I have overall 
responsibility for ensuring that good 
corporate governance is embraced by  
IGas and the Group as a whole. In doing so,  
I work with, and consider, the views of all 
Board members, the Executive Committee 
(Excom) and the Company’s advisors. The 
Board is fully committed to ensuring that 
high standards of governance, values 
and behaviours are consistently applied 
throughout the Group, helping to ensure 
the integrity of our business, the successful 
delivery of our strategy and the long-term 
success of the Group as a whole.

As an AIM-listed company, IGas must comply 
with the AIM Rules. In March 2018, the AIM 
Rules were changed such that all AIM-listed 
companies were obliged, from 28 September 
2018, to apply a recognised corporate 
governance code, providing details of that 
code on its website along with details of 
how the Company complies with or departs 
from that code. On 10 September 2018 
the Board resolved to adopt the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code, 2018 edition (the QCA Code). The Board 
believes that the QCA Code provides the 
Group with the right governance framework 
in view of its size, strategy, resources and 
stage of development, as it offers a flexible 
but rigorous outcome-oriented framework 
in which we can continue to develop our 
governance model to support our business. 

Our primary means of communicating the 
Group’s corporate governance structure 
is through the Annual Report and various 

disclosures made on our website. 
Nevertheless, where specific questions are 
raised by private individual shareholders 
and institutional investors, we engage 
directly with those shareholders, principally 
through the Chief Executive Officer or, where 
appropriate, certain members of our Excom, 
namely the Chief Financial Officer and 
Director of Corporate Affairs. 

Finally, a word about our corporate culture. 
We seek to communicate our corporate 
culture through staff presentations and 
inductions. We rely on our management 
structure, and our internal reporting structures 
to assess whether these core values have 
been respected, and our Director of Human 
Resources is tasked with monitoring internal 
compliance on an ongoing basis. We seek 
to promote our core values of: (i) respect 
for our people, environment, partners and 
the safety of others; (ii) performing to the 
highest standards internally and externally to 
deliver against our targets; (iii) collaboration 
through mutual trust, knowledge sharing 
and teamwork; (iv) commitment to the 
preservation of the environment whilst 
providing safe and healthy working 
conditions; and (v) transparency by being 
honest about what we do, how we do it, and 
the challenges we face. 

Fundamentally, IGas is committed to gender 
diversity and we have a number of women in 
senior management roles. When recruiting 
for Board vacancies we fully recognise our 
responsibility for gender diversity as we seek 
to ensure that we have an appropriate mix  
of skills on the Board.

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Application of the QCA Code  
and required disclosures 
The QCA Code requires us to apply 
the principles set out above and to 
publish certain related disclosures in 
our Annual Report, on our website, 
or a combination of the two. We 
have followed the QCA Code’s 
recommendations and have therefore 
provided disclosure relating to 
Principles 2, 3, 9 and 10 in a corporate 
governance statement on our website 
and will cover the remaining principles 
in this Annual Report. An index setting 
out where each required disclosure can 
be found is at the end of the corporate 
governance statement on our website.

Strategy and Business Model – 
QCA Principle One
The Group’s strategy and Business 
model is described in our Strategic 
Report on pages 6 and 7.

Effective risk management –  
QCA Principle Four
The Group embeds risk management 
throughout the organisation and this  
is described on pages 26 to 29.

Board Balance and Skills –  
QCA Principle Five and Six
The Board, led by the Chair, has the 
necessary skills and knowledge 
to discharge their duties and 
responsibilities effectively, setting clear 
expectations and ensuring stringent 
measures for corporate governance 
standards are met, particularly in 
relation to executive remuneration, 
accountability and audit.

The Executive and Non-executive 
Directors’ skill sets are complementary, 
and together provide a blend of broad 
commercial, operational, legal, and 
financial expertise. The skill set is 
suitably broad and sufficiently high 
calibre such that all decision making 
at Board level is robust and mindful of 
the fiduciary responsibilities that need 
to be discharged to all shareholders. In 
addition, the Directors are aware of the 
importance of keeping abreast of the 
industry’s current activities and attend 
oil & gas conferences and events 
globally throughout the year to keep 
their skills, contacts and knowledge 
current and simultaneously engage 
with governments, global operators  
and service providers in the oil and  
gas industry.

Board Effectiveness –  
QCA Principle Seven
The Board intends to undertake a 
self-evaluation in the first half of 2019 
and annually thereafter. The criteria 
against which the Board collectively 
and individually will be assessed, 
includes Board composition, roles 
and responsibilities, meetings and 
administration, Board committees, 
Board discussions, Board relationships 
and stewardships, monitoring and 
evaluation, strategy and internal 
control.

The aim of the Board evaluation is to 
review the effectiveness of the Board’s 
performance and assess its strengths  
as well as areas for development.  
As part of our Board evaluation process, 
the Board is currently considering the 
Company’s approach to succession 
planning and the procedures by which 
the Executive Committee determines 
senior management appointments.  
The Board will work with the 
Nomination Committee of the Board 
on the Board evaluation process. The 
Executive Committee and, at a more 
junior level, senior departmental 
managers address progression of 
employees through annual appraisals 
and competency reviews. The launch 
of a structured Management Training 
Programme in September 2018 will 
further assist key managers with 
training and learning opportunities.

Corporate governance 
principles applicable to IGas
The ten QCA Code corporate governance principles, 
which apply to IGas, are:

1.  Establish a strategy and business model which 
promote long-term value for shareholders 

2.  Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs 

and expectations 

3.  Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for long-
term success 

4.  Embed effective risk management, considering 
both opportunities and threats, throughout the 
organisation 

5.  Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 

balanced team led by the chair 

6.  Ensure that between them the Directors have 

the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and 
capabilities 

7.  Evaluate Board performance based on clear 
and relevant objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement 

8.  Promote a corporate culture that is based on 

ethical values and behaviours 

9.  Maintain governance structures and processes 
that are fit for purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board 

10. Communicate how the Company is governed 

and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

35

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIntroduction to Governance 
continued

How we manage our Company

The Board

Executive 
Committee

Audit Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

The Board
The Board is responsible for the overall governance of the Group. 
Its responsibilities include reviewing and approving the Group’s 
strategy, budgets, major items of capital expenditure and senior 
personnel appointments.

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is responsible for the day to day 
running of the operational business with a focus on performance 
management and ensuring that the Group KPIs are being met.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing 
the integrity of the financial reporting processes, ensuring the 
financial statements give a true and fair view of the Company  
and overseeing the framework for risk management and ensuring 
it is operating effectively.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining  
and agreeing the remuneration policy for the Executive Director 
and senior managers.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the size, structure and composition of the Board and 
ensuring the balance and expertise of the Board remains 
appropriate to meet the needs of the Company.

36

To read more 
see page 34

To read more 
see page 38

To read more 
see page 40

To read more 
see page 41

To read more 
see page 42

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Board of Directors

From management 
to leadership

Name Mike McTighe
Role Non-executive 
Chairman
Appointed 2016
Skills and experience 
Mike has held a variety of 
Non-executive Director 
roles in public and private 
companies over the last 
20 years and was on the 
Board of Ofcom, the UK’s 
communications regulator 
for over 8 years.
He is currently chairman of 
Openreach Ltd, Together 
Financial Services Ltd, and 
Arran Isle Ltd.

During his career, Mike has 
held a number of senior 
executive and board level 
roles in global businesses 
including Cable & Wireless, 
Philips, Motorola and GE.

A

R

N

Name Stephen Bowler
Role Chief Executive 
Officer
Appointed 2015
Skills and experience  
Steve became Chief 
Executive Officer in May 
2015 having joined IGas 
as Chief Financial Officer 
in 2011.

He qualified as a chartered 
accountant with Touche 
Ross, now Deloitte. In 
1999, Steve joined ABN 
Amro Hoare Govett, now 
part of Jefferies, where 
he acted as adviser and 
broker to a wide range of 
UK listed companies in the 
oil and gas sector.

Since Steve joined the 
Company, it has been 
through significant 
transformation, including 
the acquisition of the 
bulk of IGas’ conventional 
producing assets from 
Petronas in 2011, 
acquisitions and farm-outs 
of IGas’ unconventional 
acreage, including the key 
farm-outs to Total in 2014 
and Ineos in 2015, and the 
refinancing of the Group 
in 2017. 

Committee member key 
Audit Committee
A
Remuneration Committee
R
N
  Nomination Committee

Chair of Committee

  Member of Committee

Name Cuth McDowell
Role Non-executive 
Director
Appointed 2012
Skills and experience 
Cuth has 35 years of 
international experience 
in the oil and gas sector, 
having held a range of 
leadership positions 
in Exploration and 
Production companies.

He began his career 
with BP, where he held 
various commercial and 
management roles over 
eight years. Cuth then 
joined Clyde Petroleum 
plc, initially as Senior 
Economist, subsequently 
becoming Group 
Commercial Manager 
before Clyde was bought 
by Gulf Canada.

 In 1997, Cuth joined 
Paladin Resources 
plc, where he served 
primarily as Finance 
Director. The company 
raised approximately 
£120million in four 
separate primary offerings 
before it was sold to 
Talisman Energy Inc. for 
approximately £1.2billion 
in 2006. Cuth is currently 
chairman at Quotall Ltd., 
an unlisted software 
development company.

Name Philip Jackson
Role Non-executive 
Director
Appointed 2017
Skills and experience 
Philip serves on Kerogen’s 
Investment Committee. 
He has over 30 years’ 
experience in investments 
and corporate finance in 
energy and infrastructure 
projects. He was the 
founder and former chief 
executive of J.P. Morgan 
Asset Management’s $860 
million Asian Infrastructure 
and Related Resources 
Opportunity Fund. 

Philip was with J.P. Morgan 
(and heritage Jardine 
Fleming) for over 20 years, 
leading their power and 
infrastructure advisory 
businesses, advising on 
restructuring, M&A and 
privatisation. He started 
his career with the 
energy team at Ashurst 
LLP before moving to its 
client Trafalgar House plc, 
one of the UK’s leading 
independent oil and gas 
companies.

Philip graduated with 
an MA in law from the 
University of Cambridge 
and is a solicitor of the 
Supreme Court in England.

A

R

N

R

N

Name Tushar Kumar
Role Non-executive 
Director
Appointed 2017
Skills and experience 
Tushar is a Partner in the 
Investment and Portfolio 
Management Team at 
Kerogen Capital. He has 
16 years’ experience in 
investing, investment 
banking and equities, 
working with a range of 
oil and gas companies 
including upstream, 
downstream, majors and 
NOCs across Europe, the 
Middle East and Asia. 

He has experience 
in strategic advisory, 
particularly focused on 
M&A, IPOs, debt and 
equity financing as 
well as balance sheet 
restructuring. Prior to 
joining Kerogen, he was 
an Executive Director at 
Morgan Stanley’s natural 
resources group in 
London, having previously 
worked with members 
of the Kerogen team at 
J.P. Morgan’s energy and 
natural resources group in 
Hong Kong.

Tushar holds an MBA from 
the Indian Institute of 
Management Ahmedabad 
(IIMA) and a BTech 
in computer science 
and engineering from 
the Indian Institute of 
Technology (IIT). He is also 
a CFA charter holder. 

A

37

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
Executive Committee

Name Stephen Bowler
Role Chief Executive 
Officer
Skills and experience  
Steve became Chief 
Executive Officer in May 
2015 having joined IGas 
as Chief Financial Officer 
in 2011.

He qualified as a 
chartered accountant 
with Touche Ross, now 
Deloitte. In 1999, Steve 
joined ABN Amro Hoare 
Govett, now part of 
Jefferies, where he acted 
as adviser and broker to 
a wide range of UK listed 
companies in the oil and 
gas sector.

Since Steve joined the 
Company, it has been 
through significant 
transformation, 
including the acquisition 
of the bulk of IGas’ 
conventional producing 
assets from Petronas 
in 2011, acquisitions 
and farm-outs of IGas’ 
unconventional acreage, 
including the key farm-
outs to Total in 2014 and 
Ineos in 2015, and the 
refinancing of the Group 
in 2017. 

38

Name Julian Tedder
Role Chief Financial 
Officer
Skills and experience  
Julian became Chief 
Financial Officer in 
September 2015. 

A chartered accountant, 
Julian has 15 years’ senior 
management experience 
both at operational and 
group level within the 
international oil and gas 
sector, including Centrica 
plc and Tullow Oil plc. 

Most recently, Julian was 
General Manager, Finance 
for Tullow Oil, having 
worked at the company 
for over 10 years, where 
he was ultimately 
responsible for 190 
staff across the finance 
function. 

Name Ross Glover
Role Development Director
Skills and experience  
Ross has over 20 years 
of experience in project 
development and mining 
exploration and operations. 
Ross started his career in 
Southern Africa managing 
capital projects in the 
mining sector, culminating 
in being responsible for 
the operations of two 
diamond mines and a 
diamond exploration 
programme. Prior to joining 
IGas in 2017, he ran a UK 
based renewable energy 
project development 
company with a focus on 
UK onshore wind.

Ross holds a BSc in 
Mechanical Engineering 
from the University of Cape 
Town and an MBA from 
Warwick Business School.

Name Chris Beard
Role Production Director
Skills and experience  
Chris (MEng BSc (Hons) 
CEng MIET) has 31 years’ 
experience working in 
the oil and gas industry 
in both the upstream and 
downstream business. 

Chris started his career 
working in a Maintenance 
and Integrity role for BP at 
the Llandarcy Oil Refinery 
in South Wales. Over the 
next 25 years Chris worked 
in a number of roles and 
locations for BP the last 
of which was at BP Wytch 
Farm Oilfield in Dorset, 
where he held a variety of 
technical, operational and 
managerial roles before 
finishing in the role of 
Onshore Site Manager. 

Chris joined Providence 
Resources Plc as 
Managing Director of the 
UK operations before 
its acquisition by IGas 
in 2011. Chris currently 
has responsibility for the 
delivery of the Production 
Division Corporate 
strategy, goals and targets 
for production, operating 
costs in accordance with 
the IGas Management 
Systems.

Name Ross Pearson
Role Technical Director
Skills and experience  
Ross Pearson, a Petroleum 
Engineer by trade, has 
extensive onshore, oil 
and gas experience 
gained over the past 18 
years working in various 
technical roles across 
the E & P value chain. 
Ross’s career started in 
the Western Canadian 
Sedimentary Basin 
working for Schlumberger 
before taking a role with 
Devon Energy where he 
held various Petroleum 
Engineering positions 
both in the Production 
and Development Teams. 

In 2010 he moved to 
Australia where he 
initially worked for Origin 
Energy as a Sr. Petroleum 
Engineer prior to joining 
Senex Energy as the 
Development Manager 
where he managed a 
team of Geoscientists, 
Petrophysicists and 
Engineers focused 
on the Appraisal and 
Development of their 
conventional and 
unconventional oil and 
gas assets. 

Ross has a Bachelor of 
Applied Science Degree  
in Mining Engineering 
from Queen’s University  
in Canada and is a 
member of the Society  
of Petroleum Engineers.  

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
Name Peter Foscoe
Role Director of Human 
Resources
Skills and experience  
A Chartered Fellow of the 
Chartered Institute of Personnel 
& Development, Peter has over 
25 years’ experience managing 
human resource functions in the 
financial services, telecoms and 
oil & gas sectors. In addition to 
10 years at Merrill Lynch/Bank 
of America and four years as 
Head of Human Resources at an 
AIM listed Hedge Fund, Peter 
has specialised in compensation 
& benefits at a number of 
organisations, including six years 
as Head of Reward for the Hess 
Corporation global E&P business.

Name Ann-marie Wilkinson
Role Director of Corporate 
Affairs
Skills and experience  
Appointed in 2013, Ann-marie 
is a media and communications 
professional with over two 
decades of experience having 
worked extensively as a 
consultant for a number of 
financial and corporate public 
relations/investor relations 
agencies. 

Ann-marie has extensive 
experience in providing advice 
on both external and internal 
communications strategies and 
has worked with a number of  
oil and gas companies over  
the years.

Name Thamala Perera Schuetze
Role General Counsel
Skills and experience  
General Counsel with 18 years’ 
post-qualified experience, 
over 12 years of which gained 
at the oil and gas industry. In 
2011, following the reverse 
takeover of Star Energy Group 
Limited (then a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of PETRONAS) by 
IGas, Thamala was appointed 
to lead the legal function of 
the enlarged group. She was 
formerly General Counsel of 
Star Energy responsible for the 
European Infrastructure Group of 
PETRONAS with a primary focus 
on gas storage. 

Thamala was called to the Bar 
of England and Wales in 2000 
and during her career has held 
(among others) positions at 
the regulator, Ofgem. Thamala 
holds a Master of Laws (LLM) 
in European Law from King’s 
College London.

39

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance

The Directors are committed to meeting high standards of corporate governance. As an AIM listed company, IGas has a requirement to apply  
a recognised corporate governance code and to further demonstrate the application of its principles which underpin best practice in corporate 
governance. The Company has chosen to apply the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) Code and the Directors intend to comply with the 
underlying principles of the QCA Code, to the extent they consider it appropriate and having regard to the size, current stage of development  
and resources of the Company.

Details of how IGas addresses the key governance principles of the QCA Code which provide the Company with a governance framework which 
we continue to develop in respect to our business, and of the disclosures required by the Code’s principles are contained in this section and on 
our Company website.

The Board and its Committees
Following the AGM in May 2018, the Board of the Company consists of one Executive Director and four Non-executive Directors; with Mr McTighe 
and Mr McDowell being considered to be independent. The Senior Independent Non-executive Director is Cuth McDowell and biographies of all 
the Directors are included within the Annual Report on page 37. 

The Board retains full and effective control over the Group. The Board meets regularly to consider reports on the operational and financial 
performance of the Group and to decide on matters reserved unto itself, which include reviewing and approving the Group’s strategy, budgets, 
major items of capital expenditure and senior personnel appointments.

Board membership 

Board member 

Mike McTighe (Chairman) 
Stephen Bowler 
Cuth McDowell 
Philip Jackson  
Tushar Kumar  

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

13/13
13/13
13/13
13/13
12/13

In addition to the Directors, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel have been invited to attend each meeting  
of the Board and have participated in all of the meetings during the year. 

The Board has the following committees each chaired by a Non-executive Director as follows:

Audit Committee
The committee comprises only Non-executive Directors; being chaired by Cuth McDowell and having as other members Mike McTighe and Tushar 
Kumar. Meetings are aligned with the Group’s financial reporting calendar and in the year ended 31 December 2018 the committee met on three 
occasions. The Chief Financial Officer and Group Financial Controller are invited to attend each meeting of the committee and participated in 
all of the meetings during the year. The external auditors are also invited to attend meetings of the committee as appropriate and also meet the 
committee without the presence of management at least annually.

Audit Committee membership

Committee member 

Cuth McDowell (Chairman) 
Mike McTighe  
Tushar Kumar 

Meetings attended
 (out of a total possible)

3/3
3/3
3/3

40

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of the Committee’s responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

• The committee reviews reports from management and the Group’s auditors relating to the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts and the interim 

results announcements. The committee advises the Board on whether the Annual Report and interim announcement are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for IGas’ stakeholders to assess performance against the Group’s strategy;

• The committee reviews compliance with legal requirements, accounting standards and the AIM Rules and on ensuring that effective systems of 
internal financial and non-financial controls (including for the management of risk and whistle-blowing) are maintained. However, the ultimate 
responsibility for reviewing and approving the Annual Report and accounts remains with the Board of Directors; and

• The committee keeps under review the external auditors’ independence and considers the nature, scope, and results of the auditor’s work  

and develops policy on and reviews (reserving the right to approve) any non-audit services that are provided by the external auditors.  
The committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board of Directors on their appointment and remuneration.

Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 December 2018
The committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

• Review of the 2018 Annual Report and of the significant risks identified which included the going concern assessment, including covenant 
compliance; impairment of oil and gas properties; recoverability of goodwill, the decommissioning provision and reserves and resources 
disclosures;

• Review of the six months ended 30 June 2018 interim results announcement and of the significant risks which included the going concern 

assessment, including covenant compliance and impairment of oil and gas properties; and

• Review of the planning for the 2018 Annual Report and approving the approach being taken by the Group’s auditors.

Remuneration Committee
The committee comprises only Non-executive Directors, being chaired by Philip Jackson and having as other members Mike McTighe and Cuth 
McDowell. The committee met on two occasions in the year ended 31 December 2018. The Chief Executive Officer and Human Resources Director 
are invited to attend meetings. In accordance with the committee’s terms of reference, no Director may participate in discussions relating to their 
own terms and conditions of service or remuneration.

Remuneration Committee Membership

Committee member 

Philip Jackson (Chairman)  
Mike McTighe 
Cuth McDowell 

Summary of the Committee’s responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended
(out of a total possible)

2/2
2/2
2/2

• Making recommendations to the Board of Directors on the Company’s policy on the remuneration of the Chairman, Executive Directors  

and other senior executives (as are delegated to the committee to consider);

• Determining, within agreed terms of reference, the remainder of the remuneration packages for each of them, including pension rights,  

any compensation payments and the implementation of executive incentive schemes;

• Monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for Senior Management;

• Reviewing the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and determining the policy on annual awards to Executive Directors 

and Senior Executives; and

• Reviewing progress made against performance targets and agreeing incentive awards.

41

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance
continued

Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 December 2018
The committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

• Review of bonus structure for the Executive Director and senior employees and agreement of the level of deferral of the bonus payment into 

Company shares;

• Review of long-term incentive plans and approving the issue of awards under the Executive Incentive Plan; and

• Review of performance in the year ended 31 December 2017 and recommending to the Board that a bonus of 25% be paid to all employees  

of the Group. The bonus was paid to staff in February 2018.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination committee is chaired by the Chairman, Mike McTighe, and its other members are the Senior Independent Non-executive  
Director, Cuth McDowell and Philip Jackson. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company is invited to attend meetings of the committee when  
the committee is discussing matters related to executive management and such other matters as the committee chairman deems appropriate. 
The committee meets as required during the year.

Nomination Committee Membership

Committee member 

Mike McTighe (Chairman) 
Cuth McDowell 
Philip Jackson 

Summary of the Committee’s responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended
(out of a total possible)

2/2
2/2
2/2

• Considering the size, structure and composition of the Board of Directors, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement 

Directors and making appropriate recommendations to the Board of Directors; 

• Making recommendations to the Board regarding membership of the audit and remuneration committees; and

• Ensuring that plans are in place for orderly succession to the Board of Directors and senior management positions, so as to maintain an 

appropriate balance of skills and experience within the Group and the Board of Directors. 

Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 December 2018
The principal activities of the committee during the year were as follows:

• Approval of a new Executive Committee structure following the announcement of the retirement of the Chief Operating Officer as proposed  

by the Chief Executive Officer; and

• Ensuring that appropriate succession plans are put in place for senior management.

42

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal control
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal controls and reviewing its 
effectiveness. The procedures that include, inter alia, financial, operational, health & safety, compliance matters and risk management (as 
detailed in the Strategic Report) are reviewed on an on-going basis. 

The Group’s internal control procedures include the following:

• Board approval for all significant projects, including corporate transactions and major capital projects;

• The Board receives and reviews regular reports covering both the technical progress of projects and the Group’s financial affairs to facilitate  

its control; 

• There is a comprehensive budgeting and planning system for all items of expenditure with an annual budget approved by the Board. Risk 

assessment and evaluation is an integral part of the annual planning cycle;

• The Group has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the Group’s financial reporting process and the Group’s 

process for preparing consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to ensure that adequate accounting records are 
maintained and transactions are recorded accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS; and

• The Audit Committee reviews draft annual and interim reports before recommending their publication to the Board. The Audit Committee 

discusses with the Chief Financial Officer, Group Financial Controller and external auditors the significant accounting policies, estimates and 
judgments applied in preparing these reports. 

The internal control system can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Board has 
considered the need for a separate internal audit function but, bearing in mind the present size and composition of the Group, does not consider 
it necessary at the current time. 

UK Bribery Act
IGas has reviewed the appropriate policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the UK Bribery Act. The Company continues actively 
to promote good practice throughout the Group and has initiated a rolling programme of anti-bribery and corruption training for all relevant 
employees.

Relations with shareholders and bondholders
Communications with shareholders and bondholders are considered important by the Directors. The primary contact with shareholders, 
bondholders, investors and analysts is the Chief Executive Officer. Other senior management, however, regularly speak to investors and analysts 
during the year. Company circulars and press releases have also been issued throughout the year for the purpose of keeping investors informed 
about the Group’s progress and in accordance with AIM regulations.

The Company also maintains a website (www.igasplc.com) that is regularly updated and contains a wide range of information about the Group. 

Engaging with stakeholders
The way in which IGas solicits information from our stakeholder groups include, inter alia, public relations activities, regular formal contact  
via written communications, meetings, and conference calls. Informal contact is promoted through the use of social media where appropriate. 

The Board seeks to understand the Company’s stakeholders’ needs, interests and expectations by ensuring open channels of communication  
at all times and permitting all parties to openly discuss any issues or concerns they may have with the Company. 

The Company considers and acts on the information and feedback received by way of bilateral discussions or investor conference calls  
or RNS announcements when required.

43

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ Remuneration Report

This report explains our remuneration policy for Directors and sets out how decisions regarding Directors’ pay for the period under review have 
been taken.

Annual Statement
The 2017 Directors Remuneration Report noted that following a detailed review with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PwC, the Remuneration 
Committee proposed a number of changes to the annual cash bonus scheme, which better aligned the bonuses of the CEO and senior executives 
to the Company’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and which, in the event of superior performance in any bonus period, introduce an element 
of staff retention through the use of stock awards with the Board agreeing that 50% of any bonus in excess of £30,000 be paid in the form of 
restricted stock and subject to a minimum holding period. Consequently, the Executive Director received his 2017 bonus in cash and restricted 
stock. 

Subsequent to the 2017 review with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PwC, the Board again agreed the Remuneration Committee Proposal 
that awards of restricted stock under the Executive Incentive Plan (EIP), the mechanics of which were detailed in the 2016 Annual Report, would 
again require an absolute share price appreciation as a condition of vesting (either in part or in full). In approving the Remuneration Committee’s 
recommendations, the Board again stipulated that no part of the 2018 EIP award (whether to the Executive Director or any other Senior 
Executive) will vest in 2021 unless a share price hurdle of £1.13 is met or exceeded.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Remuneration policy
The Company’s policy is to maintain levels of remuneration sufficient to attract, motivate and retain senior executives of the highest calibre who 
can deliver growth in shareholder value. Executive Director remuneration currently consists of basic salary, pensions, benefits, annual bonus 
(based on annually set targets), and long term incentives (to reward long term performance). The Company seeks to strike an appropriate balance 
between fixed and performance-related reward so that the total remuneration package is structured to align a significant proportion to the 
achievement of performance targets, reinforcing a clear link between pay and performance. The performance targets for staff, senior executives 
and the Executive Director are each aligned to the key drivers of the business strategy, thereby creating a strong alignment of interest between 
staff, senior executive, the Executive Director and shareholders.

The Committee will continue to review the Company’s remuneration policy and make amendments, as and when necessary, to ensure it remains fit 
for purpose and continues to drive high levels of executive performance and remains both affordable and competitive in the market.

44

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018The elements of the reward package are detailed below:

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Base salary 
The purpose of the base 
salary is to:

• help recruit and retain  

key individuals;

• reflect the individual’s 
skills, knowledge and 
abilities; and

• ensure fair reward for 

‘doing the job’.

Other benefits  
including pension

The Committee reviews base salaries annually to ensure that Executive 
Director pay remains competitively aligned with external market practices.

In determining whether to increase levels the Committee will take the 
following into consideration:

• the performance of the individual Director;
• the individual Director’s experience and responsibilities;
• impact on fixed costs of any increase; and
• pay and conditions throughout the Company.

The Committee will retain 
the discretion to increase an 
individual’s salary where there is 
a significant difference between 
current levels and a market 
competitive rate for similar 
positions in similar organisations 
(based on size, complexity and 
industry sector).

The Company provides Executive Directors with a pension contribution 
up to 15% of base salary, as well as other benefits in kind including 
medical insurances and income protection / lump sum payments in the 
event of extended sickness absence / disability and/or death in service.

Annual Cash Bonus

Executive Directors and staff are eligible to participate in a discretionary 
bonus plan.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

The Committee will determine on an annual basis the level of deferral, if 
any, of the bonus payment into Company shares (currently 50% of any 
award in excess of £30,000). Maximum bonus levels and the proportion 
payable for targeted performance are considered in the light of market 
bonus levels for similar roles among the industry sector.

Bonuses paid in cash (and where applicable, shares) are not 
pensionable.

In terms of bonus targets a balanced scorecard approach is operated 
which focuses on a mixture of strategic, operational, financial and non-
financial metrics. 

Under the LTIP, adopted by the Board in 2011 participants can each 
be granted two types of award: an Initial Award and an Annual Award. 
Both types of award are in the form of a nil cost option. If the relevant 
conditions attaching to the awards are met at the end of a three year 
vesting period, then the participant has a further seven years in which to 
exercise the award.

The primary purpose of the Initial Awards is to aid the recruitment of key 
executives. These awards vest at the end of a three year performance 
period provided the Company’s share price performance exceeds the 
Company’s weighted average cost of capital of 10%.

The LTIP also provides for Annual Awards to be granted which will  
vest at the end of a three year period provided certain challenging 
corporate performance conditions have been met. The purpose of the 
Annual Award is to provide a competitive annual total remuneration 
package which retains and motivates the Executive Directors and other 
selected executives.

The percentage of maximum 
bonus entitlement received is 
based on the achievement of 
individually challenging targets 
supporting corporate objectives.

The maximum potential bonus 
entitlement for the Executive 
Director under the plan is to up 
to 100% of base salary.

The maximum individual limit  
for an Initial Award is 300%  
of salary.

The maximum individual limit for 
an Annual Award in any financial 
year is 200% of salary (this limit 
was increased from 150% during 
the 2014/15 financial year).

No awards have been made 
under this Plan since  
November 2015.

45

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Executive Incentive Plan
(EIP)

Under the EIP adopted by the Board in March 2016, participants were 
granted a share award in the form of a nil-cost option, released at the 
end of a three year holding period provided that the Executive remain 
in employment and that the Remuneration Committee are satisfied that 
corporate performance has been satisfactory (with reference to share 
price). A multiplier will also apply to this share award to ensure that 
management are focused on the execution of the business strategy 
and the creation of long-term value for shareholders. For the first share 
award (March 2016) the multiplier was set as follows:

Annual award to the current 
Executive Director of no more 
than 75% of salary (100% in 
exceptional circumstances)  
subject to two times multiplier  
(i.e. the maximum number of 
shares which could vest is equal  
to 150% of salary).

Share price target* 
£10.00 
£15.00 

Multiplier
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

*  Re-stated to account for the Share Capital Consolidation & Sub-Division 14 June 2017.

For the second and third share award (October 2017 and March 2018)  
the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 
< £1.13 
£1.13 – £1.25 
£1.26 – £1.39 
£1.40 – £1.54 
£1.55 – £1.74 
£1.75 – £1.96 
> £1.96 

Multiplier
0.00 x shares awarded
0.25 x shares awarded
0.50 x shares awarded
0.75 x shares awarded
1.00 x shares awarded
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

The Executive Director is required to build a shareholding over a 5 year 
period of at least 150% of salary to further support the alignment of their 
interests with those of shareholders. 

Executive Director  
Retention Plan
(EDRP)

Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which vest 
and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the 
Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

The EDRP was adopted as an 
exceptional share arrangement 
and S Bowler was made an award 
of options over 175,000* ordinary 
shares in July 2015.

No subsequent awards have been 
made under this Plan.

*  Re-stated to account for the Share 

Capital Consolidation & Sub-Division 
14 June 2017

Share Investment Plan  
(SIP)

In 2013, the Company adopted an HMRC approved SIP for all employees 
of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive plan pursuant to 
which all employees are eligible to subscribe for up to £150 (or 10% of 
salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month.

Employees are eligible to acquire 
up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if 
less) worth of IGas ordinary shares 
per month from gross salary.

Shares are acquired on a quarterly basis and the Company automatically 
matches the employee contribution, acquiring matching ‘Partnership’ 
shares on a 1-to-1 basis. Subject to the Company achieving pre-defined 
quarterly production targets, the Company increases the Partnership 
share matching element for that quarter to 2-to-1. In order to receive their 
allocation of Company Partnership shares, employees must ordinarily 
remain employed by the Company for a period of 3 years from the date of 
grant of the matching award.

The Company will match the 
shares purchased on a 1-to-1 
basis and, subject to the Company 
having met pre-defined quarterly 
production targets, will increase 
the matching element for that 
quarter to 2-to-1.

46

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Annual Report on Remuneration
Remit of the Remuneration Committee
The remit of the Remuneration Committee (the Committee) is provided in the Corporate Governance section.

Share price movements during the year
The Group’s share price as at 31 December 2018 was 96.00p per share. The highest price during the year was 126.50p per share and the lowest 
share price during the year was 73.00p per share.

Current arrangements in financial year (Audited)
Executive Director
Executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of 12 months or less from the Company or executive.

Directors’ emoluments for the year were as follows:

Executive Director 

S Bowler – CEO 
J Blaymires – COO1 
J Tedder – CFO1 

Total – Executive Directors 

Year ended 31 December 2018 

Year ended 31 December 2017

  Payment  
in lieu of 
pension 
£’000 

Salary 
£’000 

357 
– 
– 

357 

37 
– 
– 

37 

Bonus 
 (Cash) 
£’000 

73 
– 
– 

73 

Bonus 

 (Shares)  Pensions 
£’000 

£’000 

Total 
£’000 

  Payment
in lieu of 
pension 
£’000 

Salary 
£’000 

43 
– 
– 

43 

10 
– 
– 

10 

520 
– 
– 

520 

350 
128 
114 

592 

37 
16 
11 

64 

Bonus 
 (Cash) 
£’000 

94 
35 
32 

161 

Bonus

 (Shares)  Pensions 
£’000 

£’000 

Total
£’000

29 
9 
8 

46 

10 
– 
5 

15 

520 
188 
170 

878

1  J Blaymires and J Tedder resigned from the Board with effect from 14 June 2017.

On 21 March 2018 S Bowler was made a Base Award under the 2016 EIP scheme over 396,667 ordinary shares in the Company

As at 31 December 2018, the outstanding long term incentives held by the Directors who served during the period are set out in the table below:

Existing share incentive arrangements:

Executive Director Retention Plan 

Date of  
grant 

At 
1 January 
2018 

S Bowler 

13/07/2015 

175,0001 

2016 Executive Incentive Plan 

S Bowler 

Date of  
grant 

30/03/2016 
16/10/2017 
21/03/2018 

At 
1 January 
2018 

74,0761  
388,889 
– 

462,965 

2016 Management Retention Plan 
(Bonus Scheme Shares) 

Date of  
grant 

At 
1 January 
2018 

S Bowler 

21/03/2018 

– 

Share 
Options 
Granted 

– 

Share 
Options 
Granted 

– 
– 
396,667 

396,667 

Share 
Options 
Granted 

33,431 

Share 
Options 
Exercised 

Share 

As at 
Options  31 December 
2018 
Lapsed 

Earliest
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 

– 

175,000  13/07/2016  13/07/2023

Share 
Options 
Exercised 

Share 

As at 
Options  31 December 
2018 
Lapsed 

Earliest
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

74,076  30/03/2019  30/03/2026
388,889  16/10/2020  16/10/2027
396,667  21/03/2021  21/03/2028

859,632

Share 
Options 
Exercised 

Share 

As at 
Options  31 December 
2018 
Lapsed 

Earliest
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 

– 

33,431  17/01/2019  21/03/2026

1   Re-stated to account for the Share Capital Consolidation & Sub-Division 14 June 2017.

47

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Non-executive Directors
The Non-executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of three months, under which they are not entitled to any 
pension, benefits or bonuses.

Non Executive Directors 

M McTighe 
C McDowell  
P Jackson1 
T Kumar1 
F Gugen2 
J Bryant2 

Total – Non-executive Directors 

 Year ended 31 December 2018 

Year ended 31 December 2017

Emoluments 
£’000 

Taxable 
benefits 
£’000 

Pensions 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Emoluments 
£’000 

Taxable
benefits 
£’000 

Pensions 
£’000 

Total
£’000

100 
60 
55 
45 
– 
– 

260 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

100 
60 
55 
45 
– 
– 

260 

100 
60 
30 
25 
60 
43 

318 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

100
60
30
25 
60 
43

318

1  P Jackson and T Kumar were both appointed to the Board with effect from 14 June 2017. Under the terms of their appointments, IGas Energy PLC pays an annual Fee (Invoiced 

quarterly in advance) to Kerogen Capital for £55,000 in respect of P Jackson and £45,000 in respect of T Kumar. 

2  F Gugen and J Bryant resigned from the Board with effect from 14 June 2017.

Philip Jackson
Chairman Remuneration Committee
27 March 2019

48

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report together with the Group and Parent Company financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Business review and future developments
A review of the business and the future developments of the Group are presented in the Chairman’s statement, the Chief Executive’s statement, 
the Operations review and the Chief Financial Officer’s financial review which are all sections within the Strategic Report.

Dividends
The Directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year (Year ended 31 December 2017: £nil).

Principal activity
The Group’s principal area of activity is exploring for, appraising, developing and producing oil and gas.

Directors and their interests
The Directors who served during the year were as follows:

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

M McTighe

S Bowler

P Jackson

T Kumar

C McDowell

Non-executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer 

Non-executive

Non-executive

Non-executive

The beneficial interest of each of the Directors’ and their immediate families in the ordinary share capital of the Company are shown below:

M McTighe 
S Bowler 
C McDowell 
P Jackson 
T Kumar 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017

Ordinary 0.002p Shares 

Ordinary 10p Shares

Number 

583,056 
66,845 
219,170 
– 
– 

% 

Number 

0.47 
0.06 
0.18 
– 
– 

583,056 
61,262 
219,170 
– 
– 

%

0.47
0.05
0.18
–
–

In addition to the table above, in January 2019, S Bowler subscribed to his full entitlement under the Group’s share scheme and accordingly was 
allotted 1,126 shares.

Annual General Meeting 2019
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) of the Company will be held at the offices of Cooley (UK) LLP, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London  
EC2M 1QS on Tuesday 14 May 2019, commencing at 10:30 a.m. The resolutions to be proposed at the AGM are set out and fully explained  
in the notice of AGM available on the Company’s website at: https://www.igasplc.com/investors/publications-and-reports.

Rotation and re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Articles of Association, C McDowell and S Bowler retire by rotation and offer themselves for re-election at the AGM on  
14 May 2019. 

Directors’ insurance and indemnity provisions
Subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006, the Company has arranged appropriate Directors and officers insurance to 
indemnify the Directors and officers against liability in respect of proceedings brought by third parties. Such provision remains in force at the 
date of this report.

The Company indemnifies the Directors against actions they undertake or fail to undertake as Directors or officers of any Group company,  
to the extent permissible for such indemnities to meet the test of a qualifying third party indemnity provision as provided for by the Companies 
Act 2006. The nature and extent of the indemnities is as described in Section 60 of the Company’s Articles of Association as adopted on 20 June 
2010. These provisions remained in force throughout the period and remain in place at the date of this report.

49

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 
continued

Substantial shareholders
As at 27 March 2019, the Company had been notified in accordance with the requirements of provision 5.1.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the following significant holdings in the Company’s ordinary share capital:

Kerogen General Partner II Limited 
KOG Investments S.A.R.L. 
HSBC Bank Plc 
Royal London AM 

 Number of Shares 

%

  33,964,100 

27.8
17,923,583                      14.7
  14,987,438                      12.3
8.3
  10,155,760 

Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash balances, borrowings, derivative instruments and other debtors and creditors that 
arise through the normal course of business as set out in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements. The Group’s financial risk management 
objectives are also set out in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

Employment policy
It is the policy of the Group to operate a fair employment policy. No employee or job applicant is less favourably treated than another on 
the grounds of their sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, religion, race, nationality, ethnic or national origin, colour or disability and all 
appointments and promotions are determined solely on merit. The Directors encourage employees to be aware of all issues affecting the Group 
and place considerable emphasis on employees sharing in its success.

Political contributions
The Group made no political donations during the year (Year ended 31 December 2017: £nil).

Status
The Company is not a close company as defined in the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988. The Company is domiciled in the UK and 
incorporated and registered in England.

Board committees
Information on the Audit, Remuneration, and Nomination committees is included in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report.

Auditors
A resolution to reappoint PricewatehouseCoopers LLP as auditors will be proposed at the AGM on 14 May 2019 and a fee will be agreed in due 
course by the Audit committee and the Board.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor
So far as each person who was a Director at the date of approving this report is aware, there is no relevant audit information, being information 
needed by the auditors in connection with preparing its report, of which the auditors are unaware. Having made enquiries of fellow Directors, 
each Director has taken all the steps that a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken as a Director in order to make himself aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor are aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Cooley Services Limited
Secretary
IGas Energy plc
Registered Office:
7 Down Street
London
W1J 7AJ
Registered in the United Kingdom number: 04981279

27 March 2019

50

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities in Relation 
to the Group Annual Report and Accounts

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and Parent 
Company financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Parent Company for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

• Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
• State whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Group financial statements and IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements;

• Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
• Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Parent Company will 

continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and parent company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Parent Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Parent Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Directors’ Report confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

• The Parent Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give a true 

and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company;

• The Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair 

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and

• The Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and Parent 

Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

On behalf of the Board,

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer
27 March 2019 

51

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc

Report on the audit of the Group financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, IGas Energy plc’s Group financial statements (the ‘financial statements’):

• Give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of its loss and cash flows for the year then ended;
• Have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union; and
• Have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and accounts (the ‘Annual Report’), which comprise: the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2018; the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes  
to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

Audit scope

Key audit matters

• Overall Group materiality: £1.2 million (2017: £1.2 million), based on 0.5% of total assets.

• We identified 4 components out of the Group’s 25 separate statutory entities/combinations 

thereof, which were selected due to their size and risk characteristics. Specific audit 
procedures were performed on certain balances and transactions at a further 3 units.
• This enabled us to obtain coverage over 99% of Group consolidated revenue and 99%  

of Group consolidated total assets.

• Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets.
• Carrying value of unconventional assets and goodwill.
• Completeness and valuation of the decommissioning provision.
• Basis of going concern.

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.  
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence 
of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

52

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets
See page 63 to 64 Significant accounting judgements and estimates 
and note 11 Property, plant and equipment. Conventional oil and gas 
assets totalled £89 million. These represent 98% of the Group’s total 
property, plant and equipment.

We focused on this area due to the material nature of the balance,  
the judgement involved in assessing for impairment and the estimates 
required to calculate the value in the current economic climate.

We have evaluated the discounted cash flow model prepared by 
management which supports the carrying value of the CGU’s (North, 
South and Scotland).

We have verified that the exchange rate used is comparable with the 
actual exchange rates as at 31 December 2018 and the long-term 
average of the past 3 years.

We agreed the forecast oil price to third party consensus forecasts.  
We concluded management’s price forecast was reasonable. 

Management’s production forecasts, another key assumption, were 
reconciled to the independent reserves report prepared by D&M in 
January 2019.

Another key element of the forecast is the discount rate. We have 
performed our own independent calculation and consider it to be 
reasonable.

Finally we considered the adequacy of management’s disclosure of 
the key judgements and sensitivities in relation to the impairment 
assessment in note 11. These were deemed to be in line with the 
requirements of IAS 36.

Carrying value of unconventional assets and goodwill
See page 63 to 64 Significant accounting judgements and estimates 
and note 10 Intangible exploration and evaluation asset. The carrying 
value of the Group’s unconventional assets was £89.3 million after 
an impairment of £29.1 million in the year, in addition the Group 
has £4.8 million of goodwill assigned to the unconventional assets 
acquired on the acquisition of Dart Energy Limited in October 2014. 
These represent 95% of the Group’s total intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets.

We focused on this area due to the material nature of the balance, the 
judgement involved in assessing for impairment and the estimates 
required to calculate the value in the current economic climate.

As at 31 December 2018, in accordance with IFRS 6, management 
assessed the assets for impairment indicators.

We have evaluated management’s valuation which supports the 
carrying value of the unconventional assets and assigned goodwill. 
This included confirming that for each licence that there was an 
on-going exploration and evaluation work programme and that the 
carrying amount of the licence was likely to be recovered in full from 
successful development or by sale. We concur with management that 
assets with a carrying value of £29.1 million did not met this criteria 
and in line with IFRS 6 were written-off in the year; and that the 
remaining carrying value is supportable. 

53

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report
to the members of IGas Energy plc 
continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

Completeness and valuation of the decommissioning provision
See page 63 to 64 Significant accounting judgements and estimates 
and note 19 Provisions.

A provision of £38 million has been made for the abandonment 
of fields and the gathering centres. The abandonment and 
decommissioning are expected to take place between 1 and 26 years 
from the year end.

Basis of going concern
Refer to page 40 Audit Committee Report, and page 62 note 1 (b) 
Accounting Policies.

We focused on this area given the recent volatility in oil price and 
foreign exchange, and the need to ensure compliance with the terms 
of the secured bonds, including financial covenants. The ability of the 
Group and Company to continue as a going concern is dependent on 
Management’s ability to maintain liquidity in order to repay its existing 
creditors and outstanding debt.

Management’s assessment of going concern is based on cash flow 
projections and business plans, each of which is dependent on 
management’s judgement and can be influenced by management bias.

We have reviewed the completeness of the number of wells included 
in management’s estimate.

We have assessed management’s cost per well estimate and have 
reviewed the results of actual decommissioning’s costs over the 
previous three years.

We have reviewed the work performed by management’s expert 
on estimating the cost estimate for decommissioning the gathering 
centres and challenged them on the estimates used.

We have benchmarked the risk free rate used by management 
compared with industry practice.

Based on the procedures performed we concur with management that 
their assessment of the decommissioning provision is reasonable.

In assessing the appropriateness of the going concern assumption 
used in preparing the financial statements, we: 

• Checked the mathematical accuracy of Management’s cash flow 

forecast and validated the opening cash position; 

• Validated Management’s underlying cash flow projections for the 
Company and Group to other external and internal sources where 
appropriate, including recent production, oil price forecasts and 
comparing cost assumptions to historic actuals and underlying 
budgets; 

• Performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of the key 
assumptions underlying the forecast such as a reduction in oil 
price, weaker operational performance and a strengthening of 
the British Pound against the US Dollar, and the Company and the 
Group’s ability to take mitigating actions, if required; and 

• Reviewed the completeness and appropriateness of management’s 
going concern disclosures as disclosed in the financial statements.

Our conclusions on going concern are set out later in this report.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements  
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which it operates.

The Group is structured along two segments being conventional and unconventional licenses. The Group financial statements are a consolidation 
of 25 separate statutory entities, comprising the Group’s operating businesses and centralised functions within these segments. All of the 
Group’s operating business and 94% of the total assets and liabilities are located in the UK. All the Group entities have central management and 
centralised processes and controls and therefore our audit work was all conducted solely in the UK.

Accordingly, of the Group’s 25 reporting units, we identified 4 which, in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, either 
due to their size or their risk characteristics. This included the main conventional oil & gas operating subsidiaries, the main unconventional 
license holding subsidiaries, as well as the Parent Company. Specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions were performed 
at a further 3 reporting units. Because the Group includes a number of relatively small reporting units, this gave us coverage over 99% of 
consolidated revenue and 99% coverage over total assets. This, together with additional procedures performed at the Group level, gave us the 
evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.

54

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group materiality

£1.2 million (2017: £1.2 million).

How we determined it

Based on 0.5% of total assets

Rationale for benchmark applied

We believe that total assets are reflective of the of the Group’s current operations and has 
more relevance than earnings to shareholders.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £200,000 and £1,100,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit 
materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £62,500 (2017: £60,000)  
as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when: 

• The Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 
• The Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt about  

the Group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when  
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above matters.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue  
as a going concern. For example, the terms on which the United Kingdom may withdraw from the European Union are not clear, and it is difficult 
to evaluate all of the potential implications on the Group’s trade, customers, suppliers and the wider economy. 

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether  
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears  
to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures  
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based  
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

55

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report
to the members of IGas Energy plc 
continued

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report  
for the year ended 31 December 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable  
legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any 
material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities in Relation to the Group Financial Statements and Annual Report set out 
on page 51, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for 
being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,  
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected  
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3  
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Other matter
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of IGas Energy plc for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Richard Spilsbury
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
27 March 2019

56

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Year ended 

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Note 

Revenue 

Cost of sales: 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Other costs of sales 

Gross profit 
Administrative expenses 
Redundancy costs 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Loss on oil price derivatives 
Loss on foreign exchange hedges 
Other (costs)/income 

Operating loss 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Gain on restructuring 

Loss from continuing activities before tax 

Income tax credit 

(Loss)/profit after tax from continuing operations attributable to shareholder’s equity 
15,856

Profit/(loss) after taxation from discontinued operations 

Net (loss)/profit for the year attributable to shareholder’s equity  

(Loss)/profit attributable to equity shareholders: 
Basic (loss)/earnings per share  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2018

2 

42,928 

35,793

(6,824) 
(21,932) 

(7,832)
(21,435)

(28,756) 

(29,267)

14,172 
(5,467) 
– 
(29,067) 
(638) 
(180) –
(60) 

6,526
(6,441)
(212)
(70)
(2,050)

214

(21,240) 

(2,033)

69 
(3,948) 
– 

(25,119) 

277
(6,428)
4,935

(3,249)

4 
10 
3 
3 
5 

3 

6 
6 
25 

7 

3,745 

19,105

(21,374) 

16 

41 

(375)

(21,333) 

15,481

8 
8 

(17.56p) 
(17.56p) 

12.76p
12.46p

Year ended 

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

(Loss)/profit for the year 
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year: 
Currency translation adjustments 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year 

The notes on pages 61 to 91 form an integral part of these financial statements.

(21,333) 

15,481

(235) 

931

(21,568) 

16,412

57

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Restricted cash 
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Derivative financial instruments 
Assets held for sale 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Borrowings  
Derivative financial instruments 
Liabilities held for sale 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Other creditors 
Other provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Accumulated surplus 

Total equity 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

 2018  
£000 

Note 

9 
10 
11 
15 
7 

13 
14 
15 
15 
22 
16 

17 

18 
22 
16 

18 
17 
19 

23 
23 

24 

4,801 
89,282 
91,403 
410 
20,656 

4,801
115,130
93,158
303
16,900

206,552 

230,292

1,322
7,459
15,727
126

1,149 
9,589 
15,112 
193 
2,158 –
10,100 –

38,301 

24,634

244,853 

254,926

(11,878) 
– 
(2,389) 
(180) 
(10,272) –

(6,558)
(358)
(1,687)
(2,749)

(24,719) 

(11,352)

(18,591) 
(1,916) 
(37,946) 

(58,453) 

(83,172) 

(19,553)
(303)
(42,117)

(61,973)

(73,325)

161,681 

181,601

30,333 
102,501 
(7,294) 
31,310 
4,831 

30,333
102,342
(7,059)
29,994
25,991

161,681 

181,601

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 27 March 2019 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer 

The notes on pages 61 to 91 form an integral part of these financial statements.

58

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2018

At 1 January 2017 
Profit for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 24) 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Issue of shares and conversion of debt (note 23) 
Reserves transfer on equitisation of unsecured bonds*** 
Currency translation adjustments 

At 31 December 2017 
Loss for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 24) 
Issue of shares (note 23) 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Currency translation adjustments 

Called up  
share capital  
(note 23)  
£000 

Share 
premium 
account 
(note 23) 
£000 

Foreign
currency 
translation 
reserve* 
£000 

Other  Accumulated
(deficit)/ 
surplus 
£000 

reserves** 
(note 24) 
£000 

30,282 
– 
– 
– 
– 
51 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

32 
– 
– 
– 
– 
93,302 
9,008 
– 

102,342 
– 
– 
159 
– 
– 

(7,990) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
931 

(7,059) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(235) 

28,757 
– 
1,333 
(85) 
(11) 
– 
– 
– 

29,994 
– 
1,489 

(173) 
– 

19,451 
15,481 
– 
56 
11 
– 
(9,008) 
– 

25,991 
(21,333) 
– 
– 
173 
– 

Total
equity
 £000

70,532
15,481
1,333
(29)
–
93,353
–
931

181,601
(21,333)
1,489
159
–
(235)

At 31 December 2018 

30,333 

102,501 

(7,294) 

31,310 

4,831 

161,681

* 

The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange gains and losses arising on translation of foreign currency subsidiaries net assets and results, and on translation 
of those subsidiaries intercompany balances which form part of the net investment of the Group.

**  Other reserves include: 1) EIP/MRP/LTIP/VCP/EDRP reserves which represent the cost of share options issued under the long term incentive plans; 2) share investment plan 

reserve which represents the cost of the partnership and matching shares; 3) treasury shares reserve which represents the cost of shares in IGas Energy plc purchased in  
the market and held by the IGas Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards held under the Group incentive plans; and 4) capital contribution reserve which arose following 
the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

*** The transfer on equitisation of unsecured bonds has arisen due to the unsecured bonds being issued at 60% of par and represents the difference between the nominal value 

of the shares issued and the book value of the debt exchanged

The notes on pages 61 to 91 form an integral part of these financial statements.

59

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Loss before tax 
Net gain on capital restructuring 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Abandonment costs/other provisions utilised 
Share based payment charge 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Unrealised (gain)/loss on oil price derivatives 
Unrealised loss on foreign exchange hedges 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non-cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
Decrease in trade and other receivables and other financial assets 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables, net of accruals related to investing activities 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 

Cash generated from continuing operating activities 

Cash (used in)/generated from discontinued operating activities 

Taxation paid – continuing operating activities 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of assets 
Other income received 
Interest received 

Cash used in continuing investing activities 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Cash proceeds from the issue of shares in capital restructuring 
Cash paid in settlement of secured bonds 
Fees paid relating to capital restructure 
Repayment and repurchase of borrowings 
Interest paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The notes on pages 61 to 91 form an integral part of these financial statements.

60

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Notes  

(25,119) 
– 
6,923 
(91) 
1,606 
29,067 
(4,906) 
180 –
(69) 
3,948 
43 

11,582 
993 
536 
173 

13,284 

(335) 

(9) 

(3,249)
(4,935)
7,968
(39)
1,056
70
1,872

(277)
6,428
24

8,918
40
(2,084)
(52)

6,822

422

(571)

12,940 

6,673

(2,496) 
(8,152) 
18 
38 –
69 

(10,523) 

(10,523) 

70 
– 
– 
– 
(1,722) 
(1,751) 

(3,403) 

(986) 
371 
15,727 

15,112 

(2,591)
(3,679)
14

27

(6,229)

(6,229)

77
46,789
(39,337)
(4,311)
(5,423)
(5,917)

(8,122)

(7,678)
(1,541)
24,946

15,727

25 
11 
19 
4 
10 
3 
3 
6 
6 

23 
25 
25 
25 
15 
15 

15 

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Consolidated financial statements of IGas Energy plc (the Company) and subsidiaries (the Group) have been prepared in accordance  
with International Financial Reporting Standards, adopted for use by the European Union (IFRSs) as they apply to the Group for the year ended 
31 December 2018 and with the Companies Act 2006. The accounts were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 27 March 2019. IGas 
Energy plc is a public limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales and listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Group financial statements are presented in UK pounds sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when 
otherwise indicated.

New and amended standards and interpretations
During the year, the Group adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting period commencing 1 January 2018:

IFRS 2 
IFRS 9 
IFRS 15 

Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions – Amendment to IFRS 2 
Financial Instruments 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from 1 January 2018, which resulted in changes in accounting policies; however no adjustments were required  
to the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

IFRS 9 replaces the provisions of IAS 39 that relate to the recognition, classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, 
derecognition of financial instruments, impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting. The adoption of IFRS 9 from 1 January 2018 resulted 
in changes in accounting policies; however no adjustments were required to the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published that are mandatory only for the Group’s 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 or later periods and which the Group has not adopted early. Those that may be 
applicable to the Group in future are as follows: 

IFRS 16 
IFRIC Interpretation 23 
Amendments to IAS 28 

Leases 
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
Long-term interest in Associates and Joint Ventures 

1 January 2019*
1 January 2019*
1 January 2019*

*  The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Group prepares its financial statements in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union (EU), the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via the  
EU endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need  
for endorsement restricts the Group’s discretion to early adopt standards.

Other than IFRS 16, there are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity  
in the current or future reporting periods. The Group’s assessment of the impact of IFRS 16 is set out below:

Nature of change
IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016. It will result in almost all leases being recognised on the balance sheet by lessees, as the distinction between 
operating and finance leases is removed. Under the new standard, an asset being the right to use the leased asset, and a financial liability to pay 
rentals are recognised. The only exceptions are short-term and low-value leases.

Impact
The Group has reviewed the existing population of leases and any new leases in light of the new lease accounting rules in IFRS 16. The standard 
will affect primarily the accounting for the Group’s operating leases.

As at the reporting date, the Group has non-cancellable operating lease commitments of £9.6 million, see note 21. Of these commitments, 
approximately £0.017 million relate to low value leases which will be recognised on a straight line basis as an expense in the income statement. 
For the remaining lease commitments the Group expects to recognise right-of-use assets of approximately £6.0 million on 1 January 2019, lease 
liabilities of £5.6 million (after adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments recognised as at 31 December 2018). Overall net assets 
will be approximately £0.4 million higher, and net current assets will be £1.4 million lower due to the presentation of a portion of the liability as 
a current liability.

61

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
Impact continued
The Group expects that net profit after tax will increase by approximately £0.3 million for 2019 as a result of adopting the new rules. Adjusted 
EBITDA is expected to increase by approximately £1.3 million, as the operating lease payments were included in EBITDA, but the amortisation  
of the right-of-use assets and interest on the lease liability are excluded from this measure.

Operating cash flows will increase and financing cash flows decrease by approximately £1.4 million as repayment of the principal portion  
of the lease liabilities will be classified as cash flows from financing activities.

The discount rates to be used on transition will be the incremental borrowing rates as appropriate for each lease based on factors such as the 
lessee legal entity and lease term. The incremental borrowing rate applicable for all of the leases for the Group is between 10.88% to 11.64%.

Mandatory application
The Group will apply the standard from its mandatory adoption date of 1 January 2019. The Group intends to apply the simplified transition 
approach and will not restate comparative amounts for the year prior to first adoption. All right-of-use assets will be measured at the amount  
of the lease liability on adoption (adjusted for any prepaid or accrued lease expenses).

(b) Going concern
The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks including the continued use of both oil and interest rate derivatives. 
Cash forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter alia, the Group’s production and expenditure forecasts, management’s best 
estimate of future oil prices, management’s best estimate of foreign exchange rates and the Group’s borrowings. Sensitivities are run to reflect 
different scenarios including, but not limited to, possible further reductions in commodity prices, strengthening of sterling and reductions 
in forecast oil and gas production rates. The Group’s base case working capital forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial 
headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. To manage the impact of the most extreme downside 
scenarios modelled, management would have to take action, including delaying capital expenditure in order to remain within the Company’s 
banking facilities. All such mitigating actions are within management’s control. 

Therefore, after making appropriate enquiries and considering the risks described above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements.

(c) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements present the results of IGas Energy plc and its subsidiaries as if they formed a single entity. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of consolidated financial statements are based on consistent accounting policies to the 
parent. All intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated  
in full. Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, it is treated as an extension of the entity.

At 31 December 2018, the Group comprised the Company and entities controlled by IGas Energy plc (its subsidiaries). No new subsidiaries were 
acquired during the year.

(d) Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair 
values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under  
IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured  
at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. 
Acquisition costs are expensed and shown as a separate line in the income statement.

62

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 20181 Accounting policies continued
(e) Joint arrangements
Certain of the Group’s licence interests are held jointly with others under arrangements whereby unincorporated and jointly controlled ventures 
are used to explore, evaluate and ultimately develop and produce from its oil and gas interests. Accordingly, the Group accounts for its share of 
assets, liabilities, income and expenditure of these joint operations, classified in the appropriate balance sheet and income statement headings, 
except where its share of such amounts remain the responsibility of another party in accordance with the terms of carried interests as described 
at (j) below. 

Where the Group enters into a farm-in agreement involving a licence in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group records all costs that it 
incurs under the terms of the joint operating agreement as amended by the farm-in agreement as they are incurred. 

Where the Group enters into a farm-out agreement involving a license in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group does not record any 
expenditure made by the farmee on its account. It also does not immediately recognise any gain or loss on its exploration and evaluation farm-
out arrangements, but redesignates any costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest as relating to the partial interest retained. 
Any cash consideration received directly from the farmee is credited against costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest with 
any excess accounted for by the farmor as a gain on disposal.

When the Group, acting as an operator or manager of a joint arrangement, receives reimbursement of direct costs recharged to the joint 
arrangement, such recharges represent reimbursements of costs that the operator incurred as an agent for the joint arrangement and therefore 
have no effect on profit or loss.

(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make judgements and 
estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions are 
continuously evaluated and are based on management’s experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual outcomes can differ from these estimates. 

In particular, the Group has identified the following areas where significant judgements and estimates are required, and where if actual results 
were to differ, this could materially affect the financial position or financial results reported in a future period. Further information on each of 
these and how they impact the various accounting policies are described in the relevant notes to the financial statements. 

Recoverable value of intangible exploration and evaluation assets
The Group has capitalised intangible exploration and evaluation assets in accordance with IFRS 6. Significant judgement is required in 
considering whether it is appropriate to continue to carry these costs on the balance sheet and whether the assets have been impaired.  
The key areas in which management has applied judgement and estimation include the Group’s intention to proceed with a future work 
programme for a prospect or licence, the likelihood of licence renewal or plans for relinquishment, the assessment of results from wells  
or geological or geophysical studies, the likely impact of political factors including planning permissions and the assessment of whether  
the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale.

Details of the Group’s intangible exploration and evaluation assets are disclosed in note 10 to the financial statements.

Recoverable value of property, plant and equipment
Management reviews the Group’s property, plant and equipment at least annually for impairment indicators. The determination of recoverable 
amounts in any resulting impairment test requires judgement around key assumptions. Key assumptions in the impairment models include 
those related to prices that are based on forward curves and long-term corporate assumptions thereafter, discount rates that are risked to reflect 
conditions specific to individual assets, future costs, both capital and operating that are based on management’s estimates having regard to past 
experience and the known characteristics of the individual assets, reserves and future production, discussed further below. Details of the Group’s 
property, plant, and equipment are disclosed in note 11 to the financial statements.

Recoverable value of goodwill
The Group assesses goodwill each reporting period to determine whether there is any impairment. The assessment requires the use of estimates 
and assumptions such as long-term oil prices, discount rates, reserves, production profiles and capital expenditure. These estimates and 
assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty. Therefore, there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will impact these projections, 
which may impact the recoverable value of goodwill. Details of the Group’s goodwill are disclosed in note 9 to the financial statements.

63

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued
Proved and probable reserves and contingent resources
The volume of proved and probable oil and gas reserves is an estimate that affects the unit of production depreciation of producing oil and 
gas property, plant and equipment as well as being a significant estimate affecting decommissioning provisions, impairment calculations and 
the valuation of oil and gas properties in business combinations. Contingent resources affect the valuation of exploration and exploration 
assets acquired in business combinations and the estimation of the recoverable value of those assets in impairment tests. Proved and probable 
reserves and contingent resources are estimated using standard recognised evaluation techniques. Estimates are reviewed at least annually 
and are regularly estimated by independent consultants. Future development costs are estimated taking into account the level of development 
required to produce the reserves by reference to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers.

Deferred tax asset recognition
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. Estimates of future taxable profits 
are based on cash flows expected to be generated from internal estimates of projected production and costs. Details of the Group’s deferred tax 
assets, including those not recognised due to uncertainty regarding the future utilisation, are disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements.

Decommissioning costs
The estimated cost of decommissioning at the end of the producing lives of fields is reviewed periodically and is based on forecast price levels 
and technology at the balance sheet date. Provision is made for the estimated cost at the balance sheet date, using a discounted cash flow 
methodology and a risk free rate of return. Details of the Group’s decommissioning provisions are disclosed in note 19 to the financial statements.

Functional currency 
The determination of functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in which a company 
operates may not be clear. The parent entity reconsiders the functional currency of its entities if there is a change in the underlying transactions, 
events and conditions which determines the primary economic environment. 

(g) Exceptional items
Exceptional items are material items of income or expenditure which, in the opinion of the Directors, due to their nature and infrequency require 
separate identification on the face of the income statement to allow a better understanding of the financial performance in the year. 

(h) Revenue
Revenue comprises the invoiced value of goods and services supplied by the Group, net of value added tax and trade discounts. Revenue is 
recognised at a point in time when the control of the goods have passed onto the customers and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could 
affect the customer’s acceptance of the goods. In the case of oil, gas and electricity sales, these are recognised when goods are delivered and 
title has passed to the customer. This generally occurs when the product is physically delivered to the customer’s premises or transferred into  
a vessel, pipe or other delivery mechanism. 

Revenue from the production of oil from fields in which the Group has an interest with other producers, is recognised based on the Group’s 
working interest and the terms of the relevant production sharing contracts. Where oil produced by third parties is processed and delivered to a 
refinery by the Group, the measurement of the revenue depends upon whether physical title to the oil passes to the Group or whether the Group 
simply acts an agent for the producer. 

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress toward completion are revised if circumstances change. Any resulting increases or decreases 
in estimated revenues or costs are reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision become known 
by management. In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on a payment schedule. If the invoiced value 
of goods or services rendered exceed the payment, a contract asset will be recognised. If the payments exceed the invoiced value of goods or 
services rendered, a contract liability will be recognised. 

64

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 20181 Accounting policies continued
(i) Non-current assets 
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised over  
the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. After initial recognition, goodwill is 
measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and when circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each cash generating 
unit (CGU) or group of CGUs to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount,  
an impairment loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating to goodwill are not reversed in future periods.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying 
amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets 
and investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this 
requirement.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell. A gain 
is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any cumulative 
impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset (or disposal 
group) is recognised at the date of derecognition.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. 
Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.

Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from the 
other assets in the balance sheet. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in 
the balance sheet.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate 
major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of 
operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the 
statement of profit or loss.

Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
The Group accounts for exploration and evaluation costs in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation  
of Mineral Resources as follows:

• Any costs incurred prior to obtaining the legal rights to explore an area are expensed immediately to the Income Statement;
• Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets comprise those related to acquisition of rights to explore, topographical, 

geological, geochemical and geophysical studies, exploratory drilling (including coring and sampling), activities in relation to evaluating the 
technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons (including appraisal drilling and production tests) and any land rights 
acquired for the sole purpose of effecting these activities. These costs include employee costs, directly attributable overheads, materials and 
consumables, equipment costs and payments made to contractors;

• Tangible assets acquired for use in exploration and evaluation activities are classified as property, plant and equipment. However, to the extent 
that such tangible assets are consumed in developing an intangible exploration and evaluation asset, the amount reflecting that consumption  
is recorded as part of the exploration and evaluation asset;

• Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are initially accumulated and capitalised by reference to appropriate geographic 
areas. Expenditure recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are transferred to property plant and equipment and classified as oil and 
gas assets when technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons is demonstrable; and 

• Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment (on the basis described below), and any impairment loss recognised,  

before reclassification.

65

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(i) Non-current assets continued
Impairment testing of exploration and evaluation assets
Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are tested for impairment whenever facts and circumstances suggest that they 
may be impaired, which includes when a licence is approaching the end of its term and is not expected to be renewed, when there are no 
substantive plans for continued exploration or evaluation of an area, when the Group decides to abandon an area, or where development is 
likely to proceed in an area but there are indications that the exploration and evaluation asset costs are unlikely to be recovered in full either  
by development or through sale.

Property plant and equipment – oil and gas properties
• Oil and gas properties and other property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated  

impairment losses;

• The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into operation and, 
for qualifying assets where relevant, borrowing costs. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value 
of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. The cost of oil and gas assets also includes an amount equal to the decommissioning cost 
estimate. The capitalised value of any associated finance leases are also included within property, plant and equipment;

• Oil and gas properties are depleted either on a unit of production basis, commencing at the start of commercial production, or depreciated  
on a straight line basis over the relevant asset’s estimated useful life. Where expenditure is depreciated on a unit of production basis, the 
depletion charge is calculated according to the proportion that production bears to the recoverable reserves for each property; and

• Net proceeds from any disposal of development/producing assets are compared to the previously capitalised costs for the relevant asset or 

group of assets. A gain or loss on disposal of a development/producing asset is recognised in the Income Statement to the extent that the net 
proceeds exceed or are less than the appropriate portion of the net capitalised costs of the asset or group of assets.

Impairment of oil and gas properties
The Group’s interests in oil and gas properties are assessed for indications of impairment including events or changes in circumstances which 
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Any impairment in value is charged to the Income Statement.

Impairment tests are carried out on the following basis:

• By comparing the sum of any amounts carried in the books as compared to the recoverable amount;
• The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Group generally assesses the value in 

use using the estimated future cash flows which are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU; and

• Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier period that charge will be reversed in a later period where there has been a change 

in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment losses, 
the carrying amount of the asset will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have been 
determined (net of depletion) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

Decommissioning
Where a liability for the removal of production facilities or site restoration exists, a provision for decommissioning is recognised. The amount 
recognised is discounted to its present value and is reflected in the Group’s non-current liabilities. A corresponding asset is included in the 
appropriate category of the Group’s non-current assets (intangible exploration and evaluation assets and property plant and equipment), 
depending on the accounting treatment adopted for the underlying operations/asset leading to the decommissioning provision. The asset  
is assessed for impairment and depleted in accordance with the Group’s policies as set out above.

Carried interests
Where the Group has entered into carried interest agreements in exploration and evaluation projects and the Group’s interest is being carried 
by a third party, no amounts are recorded in the financial statements where expenditure incurred under such agreements is not refundable. 
Where expenditure is refundable, out of what would but for the carry agreements have been the Group’s share of production, the Group records 
amounts as non-current assets, with a corresponding offset in current liabilities or non-current liabilities, as appropriate, but only once it is 
apparent that it is more likely than not that future production will be adequate to result in a refund under the terms of any carry agreement;  
the Group records refunds only to the extent that they are expected to be repayable.

66

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 20181 Accounting policies continued
(i) Non-current assets continued
Other property plant and equipment
Other property plant and equipment is stated at cost to the Group less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on such assets,  
with the exception of freehold land, at rates calculated to write-off the cost of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their 
estimated useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted for as additional depreciation:

Equipment used for exploration and evaluation 
Freehold land 
Buildings/leasehold property improvements 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– between six and twelve years on a straight line basis
– indefinite useful life
– over five to ten years on a straight line basis/over the period of the lease 
– between three and twenty years on a straight line basis
– over four years on a straight line basis 

The Group does not capitalise amounts considered to be immaterial. 

(j) Financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short-term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Other financial assets – Restricted cash
Restricted cash relates to bond guarantees issued to governments for the performance under the terms of work programmes. Funds are only 
classified as cash and cash equivalents when monies are transferred to and under the control of the Group.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Group’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment accounting policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration payable.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and variability in the 
price realised on a proportion of its crude oil production. All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each period end. Apart from those derivatives 
designated as qualifying cash flow hedging instruments, all changes in fair value are recorded as financial income or expense in the year in which 
they arise, otherwise they are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Fair value is the amount for which a financial asset, liability or instrument could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction. It is determined by reference to quoted market prices adjusted for estimated transaction costs that would be incurred 
in an actual transaction, or by the use of established estimation techniques such as option pricing models and estimated discounted values of 
cash flows. The fair value of derivative financial instruments has been calculated on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to forward market 
prices and risk free returns adjusted in the case of derivative financial liabilities by an appropriate credit spread.

67

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(j) Financial instruments continued
Warrants
Warrants which do not qualify as equity instruments under IFRS 9 due to the variable number of shares that would be issued in each case  
are accounted for as financial liabilities. The warrants are initially recognised at fair value on the date they are issued and are subsequently  
re-measured to fair value at each period end. All changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement.

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting period, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent period, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was 
recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement.

Expected credit loss
From 1 January 2018, the Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried 
at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade 
receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial 
recognition of receivables.

(k) Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are revised, 
borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest rate with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their 
expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the 
income statement in the periods in which they are incurred.

(l) Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date including 
whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use  
the asset.

Operating leases
Rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

Finance leases
Assets held under finance leases are included in tangible fixed assets at their capital value and depreciated over their useful lives. Capital value 
is defined as the amount equal to the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, each 
determined at the inception of the lease. Lease payments consist of capital and finance charge elements; the finance charge element is charged 
to the income statement.

68

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 20181 Accounting policies continued
(m) Inventories
Inventories, consisting of crude oil, and drilling and maintenance materials, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  
Costs comprise costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location  
and condition. Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily inter-changeable items.

(n) Taxation
The tax charge/credit includes current and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/(loss) 
differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the Income Statement as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in different periods and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except  
when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise  
from differences at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting 
purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not 
that they will be recovered and the carrying amount is reviewed at each reporting date. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each 
reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be 
recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realised 
or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax 
relating to items recognised outside profit or loss are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction, either in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity.

(o) Share based payments
Where share options or warrants are awarded to employees including Directors, the fair value of the options or warrants at the date of the grant 
is recorded in equity over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into 
account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting 
conditions, are factored into the fair value of the options or warrants granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount 
recorded is computed irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted 
for the failure to achieve a market vesting condition; although equity no longer required for options or warrants may be transferred to another 
equity reserve.

Where the terms and conditions of options or warrants are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by 
the change from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised on the 
award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date continues to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and services 
received. 

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted for as a cost against profit and loss unless the services rendered 
qualify for capitalisation as a non-current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non-current assets in the event of services being rendered  
in connection with an acquisition of intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant and equipment.

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will  
be shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity. 

69

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(p) Post-retirement benefits
A subsidiary within the Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those  
of the Group in an independently administered fund. The amount charged to the Income Statement represents the contributions payable  
to the scheme in respect of the accounting period.

(q) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital and share premium accounts as appropriate.

(r) Foreign currency 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the functional currency of the Group. Transactions denominated in 
currencies other than functional currency are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All differences that arise are 
recorded in the income statement.

For the purposes of consolidation, the income statement items of those entities for which the UK pound sterling is not the functional currency 
are translated into UK pound sterling at the average rates of exchange during the period. The related balance sheets are translated at the rates 
ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on translation of the opening net assets and results of such operations,  
are reported in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.

The exchange differences arising on intercompany balances that form part of an entity’s net investment in a foreign operation, are recognised  
in other comprehensive income and accumulated in foreign currency translation reserve until the disposal of the foreign operation.

On disposal of entities with a different functional currency to the Company’s functional currency, the deferred cumulative exchange differences 
recognised in equity relating to that particular operation would be recognised in the income statement.

(s) Discontinued operations
The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale 
rather than through continuing use. Such non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to dispose are the incremental costs directly attributable to the sale, excluding the finance 
costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for 
immediate distribution in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes 
to the sale will be made or that the sale will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the sale being expected within one year from the 
date of the classification. 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities 
classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position. 

A disposal group qualifies as a discontinued operation if it is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of, or is classified as held 
for sale, and:

• Represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
• Is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
• Is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after tax 
from discontinued operations in the income statement. All other notes to the financial statements include amounts for continuing operations, 
unless otherwise mentioned.

70

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 20182 Revenue 
The Group derives revenue solely within the United Kingdom from the transfer of goods and services to external customers which is recognised 
at a point in time. The Group’s major product lines are: 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Oil sales  
Electricity sales 
Gas sales 

41,978 
888 
62 –

35,289
504

42,928 

35,793

Revenues of approximately £21.6 million and £20.4 million were derived from the Group’s two largest customers (2017: £19.3 million and  
£15.9 million) and are attributed to the oil sales. 

As at 31 December 2018, there are no contract assets or contract liabilities outstanding.

3 Operating loss

Operating loss is stated after charging: 
Staff costs  
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Auditors’ remuneration: 
  Audit of the financial statements 
  Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 
  Taxation advisory services 
  Other non-audit services 
Operating lease charges: 
  Land and buildings 
  Other 

Loss on oil price derivatives

Realised loss on maturity of oil price derivatives 
Unrealised gain/(loss) on oil price derivatives 

Loss on foreign exchange derivatives

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

12,960 
6,923 

12,781
7,957

225 
72 
33 
53 

300
127
102
163

1,794 
271 

2,093
229

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

(5,544) 
4,906 

(638) 

(178)
(1,872)

(2,050)

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Unrealised loss 

(180) –

71

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

4 Employee information

Staff costs comprised: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 
Employee share based payment cost  

Average monthly number of employees including Directors in the year  
Operations, including services 
Administrative 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

9,488 
1,139 
727 
1,606 

9,648
1,129
773
1,231

12,960 

12,781

No. 

No.

116 
39 

155 

118
42

160

A proportion of the Group’s staff costs shown above is capitalised as additions to intangible exploration and evaluation assets and property, 
plant and equipment in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. In addition, a proportion is recharged to joint venture partners as part 
of our timewriting rate.

Details of Directors’ remuneration, Directors’ transactions and Directors’ interests are set out in the audited section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which forms part of these financial statements.

The Group recognised £nil (2017: £0.2 million) of redundancy costs for the year.

5 Other (costs)/income
Other (costs)/income comprises costs of £0.06 million (2017: income of £0.2 million). 

6 Finance income and costs 

Finance income: 
Interest on short-term deposits 
Foreign exchange gains 
Other interest 
Gain on fair value of warrants  

Finance income  

Finance expense: 
Interest on borrowings  
Foreign exchange loss 
Unwinding of discount on provisions (note 19) 

Finance expense  

72

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

63 
– 
6 1
– 

69 

26
239

11

277

1,948 

895 –

1,105 

3,948 

5,358

1,070

6,428

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Income tax credit
(i) Tax charge on loss from continuing ordinary activities

Current tax: 
Charge on loss for the year 
Charge/(credit) in relation to prior years 

Total current tax charge/(credit) 

Deferred tax: 
Credit relating to the origination or reversal of temporary differences  
Charge due to tax rate changes  
(Credit)/charge in relation to prior years 

Total deferred tax credit 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

– –
9 

9 

(426)

(426)

(782) 
84 –
(3,056) 

(21,180)

2,501

(3,754) 

(18,679)

(3,745) 

(19,105)

ii) Factors affecting the tax charge
The majority of the Group’s profits are generated by ‘ring-fence’ businesses which attract UK corporation tax and supplementary charge  
at a combined average rate of 40%. 

A reconciliation of the UK statutory corporation tax rate applied to the Group’s loss before tax to the Group’s total tax credit is as follows:

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Loss from continuing ordinary activities before tax 
Expected tax credit based on loss from continuing ordinary activities multiplied by an average  
  combined rate of corporation tax and supplementary charge in the UK of 40% (2017: 40%) 
Deferred tax (credit)/charge in respect of the prior year 
Current tax charge/(credit) related to prior year 
Tax effect of expenses not allowable for tax purposes 
Tax effect of differences in amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes* 
Impact of profits or losses taxed or relieved at different rates 
Use of losses under the loss restriction rules 
Net increase/(decrease) in unrecognised losses carried forward 
Intra-group transfer of assets 
Tax rate change  
Other 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

(25,119) 

(3,249)

(10,047) 
(3,056) 
9 
1,190 
999 
603 
(827) –
7,138 

11 –
84 –
151 

(1,300)
2,501
(426)
679
1,467
(1,699)

(20,347)

20

(3,745) 

(19,105)

*  Amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes relate to net financing costs disallowed for supplementary charge offset by investment allowance which is 

deductible against profits subject to supplementary charge. 

73

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

7 Income tax credit continued
iii) Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax liability in the year is shown below:

Asset/(liability) at 1 January 
Tax credit/(charge) relating to prior year 
Tax credit during the year 
Tax charge arising due to the changes in tax rates 
Other 

Asset at 31 December 

The following is an analysis of the deferred tax asset/(liability) by category of temporary difference:

Accelerated capital allowances 
Tax losses carried forward 
Investment allowance unutilised 
Decommissioning provision 
Share based payments 
Other 

Deferred tax asset 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

(1,779)
(2,501)
21,180

16,900 
3,056 
782 
(84) –
2 –

20,656 

16,900

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

(26,409) 
35,721 
840 
8,095 
1,483 
926 

(33,897)
41,553
485
4,628
1,288
2,843

20,656 

16,900

iv) Tax losses 
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences where the Directors believe it is probable that 
these assets will be recovered. Such tax losses include £114.0 million (2017: £107.5 million) of ring-fence corporation tax losses.

The Group has further tax losses and other similar attributes carried forward of approximately £203 million (2017: £195 million) for which no 
deferred tax asset is recognised due to insufficient certainty regarding the availability of appropriate future taxable profits. The unrecognised 
losses may affect future tax charges should certain subsidiaries in the Group generate taxable trading profits in future periods.

8 Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent of £21.3 million  
(2017: a profit of £15.5 million) and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year of 121.5 million  
(2017: 121.4 million).

Diluted EPS amounts are based on the profit for the year after taxation attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the parent and the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the 
conversion of all the potentially dilutive ordinary shares into ordinary shares, except where these are anti-dilutive. 

There were 4.6 million potentially dilutive employee share options which are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share 
because they are anti-dilutive as their conversion to ordinary shares would decrease the loss per share. In the prior year, there were no 
potentially dilutive employee share options.

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

Basic (loss)/earnings per share – ordinary shares of 0.002 pence each  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share – ordinary shares of 0.002 pence each 
(Loss)/profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year– basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year– diluted EPS 

(17.56p) 
(17.56p) 
(21,333) 

12.76p
12.46p
15,481
 121,483,931  121,357,572
 126,104,420  124,298,195

74

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2017

2018  

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Goodwill

At 1 January and 31 December 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

4,801 

4,801

The carrying value of goodwill relates to unconventional assets acquired as part of the Dart acquisition in 2014. 

The Group tests goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The Group 
reviewed the valuation of goodwill as at 31 December 2018 and assessed it for impairment by estimating the fair value of risked contingent 
resources using an estimated market valuation of resources. The fair value is a level 3 fair value measurement, as defined in note 22.  
No impairment was required for the year (2017: £nil). 

10 Intangible exploration and evaluation assets

At 1 January 
Additions 
Transfers to held for sale 
Amounts written-off 

At 31 December 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

115,130 
3,561 
(342) –

(29,067) 

112,448
2,752

(70)

89,282 

115,130

Under the terms of the secured bond agreement, the secured bondholders have a fixed and floating charge over these assets.

Exploration costs written-off were £29.1 million (31 December 2017: £0.1 million). An impairment of £20.7 million in 2018 relates to the 
Doe Green production facility in the North West (PEDL 145) where a long-term test determined that there is no potential for a commercial 
development; £3.2 million relating to a well that is not being used in the current Albury development and £5.2 million relating to the 
relinquishment of licences during the year. The impairment in 2017 relates entirely to the relinquishment of licences. As part of our ongoing 
active portfolio management, we are continually reviewing our acreage positions and will continue to seek to relinquish non-core licences or 
impair licences where the carrying value cannot be supported. Further analysis by location of asset is as follows:

North West: The Group has £48.7 million of capitalised exploration expenditure which includes PEDL’s 145, 147, 184, 189 and 190. Work is 
still ongoing to assess the viability for shale exploration and development across the North West licences though we await the outcome of the 
ongoing Ellesmere Port planning appeal before commencing further operations.

East Midlands: The Group has £36.9 million of capitalised exploration expenditure which includes PEDL’s 12, 139, 140 and 200. The Tinker Lane 
well (PEDL 200) was completed in fourth quarter of 2018. We are currently drilling a well at our Springs Road site (PEDL 140). Further details are 
included in the operational review section of the Annual Report.

South: The Group has £3.7 million of capitalised exploration expenditure in relation to Singleton. 

As at 31 December 2018, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $220 million (£170 million) (2017: $240 million 
(£178 million)) from its partner, INEOS Upstream Limited (INEOS). In 2018 £9.2 million (2017: £3.0 million) gross costs were carried principally 
in relation to activities at Tinker Lane and Springs Road, which have not been reflected in the additions to intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets.

75

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Changes in decommissioning** 
Transfers 
Transfers to assets held for sale 
Write-off 

At 31 December 

Depreciation and Impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for the year* 
Disposals 
Transfers 
Transfers to assets held for sale 

At 31 December 

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Oil and gas 
assets 
£’000 

Other fixed 
assets 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£’000 

Other fixed
assets 
£’000 

171,888 
10,135 
(25) 
4,596 
– 
(31,945) 
– 

3,603 
104 
(57) 
– 
– 
(779) 
– 

175,491 
10,239 
(82) 
4,596 
– 
(32,724) 
– 

168,329 
3,380 
(14) 
– 
193 
– 
– 

3,767 
58 
(23) 
– 
(193) 
– 
(6) 

Total
£’000

172,096
3,438
(37)
–
–
–
(6)

154,649 

2,871 

157,520 

171,888 

3,603 

175,491

80,756 
6,638 
(25) 
– 
(22,367) 

65,002 

1,577 
285 
(57) 
– 
(690) 

1,115 

82,333 
6,923 
(82) 
– 
(23,057) 

66,117 

72,894 
7,669 
– 
193 
– 

80,756 

1,494 
299 
(23) 
(193) 
– 

1,577 

74,388
7,968
(23)
–
–

82,333

NBV at 31 December 

89,647 

1,756 

91,403 

91,132 

 2,026 

93,158

*  Charge for the year includes £99 thousand charge categorised as administration expenses in the profit and loss (2017: £125 thousand) and £nil thousand (2017: £11 thousand) 

relating to capitalised equipment used for exploration and evaluation.

** The decommissioning asset increased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate and assumptions at 31 December 2018 (note 19).

Under the terms of the secured bond agreement, the secured bondholders have a fixed and floating charge over these assets. 

Impairment of oil and gas properties
Due to the continuing volatility in oil and gas prices and foreign exchange rates, the Group’s oil and gas properties were reviewed for  
impairment as at 31 December 2018. CGUs for impairment purposes are the group of fields whereby technical, economic and/or contractual 
features create underlying interdependence in cash flows. The Group has identified the three main producing CGUs as: North, South, and 
Scotland. The impairment assessment for the North and South was prepared on a value-in-use basis and using discounted future cash flows 
based on 2P reserve profiles. The impairment assessment for Scotland was prepared on a fair value less costs of disposal basis. The future cash 
flows were estimated using price assumption for Brent of $60/bbl for the years 2019-2022 and $75/bbl thereafter, and a USD/GBP foreign 
exchange rate of $1.30: £1.00. Cash flows were discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 11%. No impairment was required in the year  
(2017: £nil).

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
As discussed above, the principal assumptions are recoverable future production and resources, estimated Brent prices and the USD/GBP foreign 
exchange rate. A 10% reduction in production would result in an impairment of £9.0 million for the North CGU and £1.9 million for the South 
CGU. A decline in the value of sterling against the US dollar from $1.30: £1.00 to $1.50: £1.00 would result in an impairment of £14.5 million 
for the North CGU, £7.9 million for the South CGU and £0.3 million for Scotland CGU. None of the CGUs would be impacted by a 10% change in 
discount rates. 

76

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Interest in joint arrangements 
As at 31 December 2018, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $220 million (£170 million) from its farm-in partners 
– INEOS Upstream Limited (INEOS), (see note 10).

The Group’s material joint operations as at 31 December 2018 are set out below:

Licenses 

East Midlands
PEDL169 
EXL288 
PEDL146 
PEDL210 
PEDL 012 
PEDL200 
PEDL278 
PEDL273 
PEDL305 
PEDL316 
PEDL139 
PEDL140 

North West
PEDL190 
PEDL145 
PEDL147 
PEDL184 
PEDL189 
PEDL190 
PEDL193 
PEDL293 
PEDL295 
EXL 273 

Weald
PL211 
PEDL070 

13 Inventories

Oil stock 
Drilling and maintenance materials 

Partner 

IGas’ interest 

Operator

Egdon 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
Egdon 
INEOS, Total, Egdon 
INEOS, Total, Egdon 
INEOS, Total, Egdon 
INEOS, Edgon, eCorp 
INEOS, Edgon, eCorp 

INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS  

80% 
75% 
75% 
75% 
55% 
55% 
50% 
35% 
35% 
35% 
32% 
32% 

50% 
40% 
25% 
50% 
25% 
50% 
40% 
30% 
30% 
15% 

IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas

IGas
INEOS
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS

 UKOOG 
 UKOOG, Egdon, Aurora, Corfe,  

90% 
54% 

IGas
IGas

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

502 
647 

1,149 

596
726

1,322

77

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

14 Trade and other receivables

VAT recoverable 
Trade debtors 
Other debtors 
Prepayments 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

153 
2,837 
4,888 
1,711 

9,589 

245
3,464
1,692
2,058

7,459

Trade debtors are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally  
non-interest bearing and due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are recognised initially at 
the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair 
value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and so it measures them subsequently 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Details about the Group’s impairment policies and the calculation of the loss allowance are 
provided in note 22. 

Due to the short-term natures of the current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

15 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand 

Restricted cash

Current 
Non-current 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

15,112 

15,727

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

193 
410 

126
303

The cash and cash equivalents does not include restricted cash.

The current and non-current restricted cash for 2018 and the non-current restricted cash for 2017 represent restoration deposits paid to 
Nottinghamshire County Council which serve as collateral for the restoration of the sites at the end of their life. The current restricted cash 
balance for 2017 relates to margin payments in respect of oil hedge contracts.

The restoration deposits are subject to regulatory and other restrictions and are therefore not available for general use by the other entities 
within the Group.

78

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Cash and cash equivalents and other financial assets continued
Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings – including capitalised fees 

Net debt 
Capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 2017 
Capital restructuring 
Repayment and repurchase of borrowings 
Interest paid 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non-cash movements 

At 31 December 2017 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

15,112 
(20,980) 

15,727
(21,240)

(5,868) 
(518) 

(6,386) 

(5,513)
(686)

(6,199)

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Cash and cash  
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

15,727 
– 
(1,722) 
(1,751) 
371 
2,487 
– 

(21,240) 
– 
1,722 
– 
(1,238) 
– 
(224) 

(5,513) 
– 
– 
(1,751) 
(867) 
2,487 
(224) 

24,946 
3,140 
(5,423) 
(5,917) 
(1,541) 
522 
– 

Borrowings  
£000 

(124,579) 
90,025 
5,423 
5,917 
2,369 
– 
(395) 

Total
£000

(99,633)
93,165
–
–
828
522
(395)

15,112 

(20,980) 

(5,868) 

15,727 

(21,240) 

(5,513)

16 Disposal group classified as held for sale and discontinued operations
Discontinued operations
The divestment of assets acquired as part of the Dart Acquisition, namely the Rest of the World segment, was completed in 2016. The Group still 
has a presence in a number of Australian and Singaporean registered operations and continues its plans to exit all legal jurisdictions in the near 
future. The total profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £0.04 million primarily relating to administration costs and over-
accruals in prior year (year ended 31 December 2017: loss after tax of £0.4 million, primarily relating to administration costs). 

Disposal group classified as held for sale
In May 2018, we announced the potential sale of certain non-core assets to Onshore Petroleum Limited (OPL). We believe the OGA will not 
give their consent to the proposed transaction and are therefore in the process of exploring alternative options with OPL and the OGA as to the 
structure and form of a transaction. The major classes of assets and liabilities included in the assets classified as held for sale and the associated 
liabilities at the balance sheet date, are as follows:

Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Oil stock 

Total assets 

Trade and other payables 
Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net liabilities 

  31 December 
2018
£000

342
9,667
91

10,100

(350)
(9,922)

(10,272)

(172)

79

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

17 Trade and other payables

Current 
Trade creditors 
Employment taxes 
Other creditors and accruals 

Non-current 
Amounts due to a related party 
Other creditors and accruals 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

4,573 
316 
6,989 

11,878 

371 
1,545 –

1,916 

1,366
285
4,907

6,558

303

303

Trade creditors are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. 

The carrying amounts of each of the Group’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value.

18 Borrowings

Bonds – secured 

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Current  Non-current 
£000 

£000 

Total 
£000 

Current  Non-current 
£000 

£000 

Total
£000

2,389 

18,591 

20,980 

1,687 

19,553 

21,240

In 2013, the Company and Norsk Tillitsmann (Bond Trustee) entered into a Bond Agreement for the Company to issue up to $165.0 million 
secured bonds and up to $30.0 million unsecured bonds (issued at 96% of par). These bonds were subsequently listed on Oslo Bors and the 
Alternative bond market in Oslo. Both secured and unsecured bonds carried a coupon of 10% per annum (where interest was payable semi-
annually in arrears). The secured bonds were amortised semi-annually at 2.5% of the initial loan amount. Final maturity on the secured notes  
was on 22 March 2018 and on the unsecured notes was 11 December 2018. 

In April 2017, the Company restructured its debt resulting in the equitisation of the unsecured bonds and a repayment/equitisation of a portion 
of the secured bonds. The restructuring reduced the total aggregate face value of the secured bonds to $30.4 million. The interest rate was 
reduced to 8%, the repayment term was extended to 30 June 2021, and the amortisation rate was increased to 5% of the initial loan amount 
from 23 March 2018. The restructuring also resulted in changes to the covenants and the removal of the need for a Debt Service Requirement 
Account (DSRA). The secured bonds now have two covenants: a liquidity requirement of $7.5 million and a leverage ratio, tested every six months, 
that requires net debt versus adjusted EBITDA to be less than 3.5 times. 

Further details of the restructuring transaction are provided in note 25.

80

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19 Other provisions

At 1 January 
Utilisation of provision 
Unwinding of discount (note 6) 
Reassessment of decommissioning provision/liabilities* 
Transfer to liabilities held for sale 

At 31 December 

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Decommissioning  
£000 

Other 
£000 

Total  Decommissioning 
£000 
£000 

Other 
£000 

42,117 
(91) 
1,105 
4,737 
(9,922) 

37,946 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

42,117 
(91) 
1,105 
4,737 
(9,922) 

37,946 

40,885 
– 
1,070 
162 
– 

42,117 

39 
(39) 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total
£000

40,924
(39)
1,070
162
–

42,117

*  £4,596,000 per note 11, the remainder being in long term creditors (note 17).

Decommissioning provision
Provision has been made for the discounted future cost of restoring fields to a condition acceptable to the relevant authorities. The abandonment 
of the fields is expected to happen at various times between 1 to 26 years from the year end (2017: 1 to 31 years). These provisions are based 
on the Groups’ internal estimate as at 31 December 2018. Assumptions based on the current economic environment have been made, which 
management believes are a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability. The estimates are reviewed regularly to take into 
account any material changes to the assumptions. Actual decommissioning costs will ultimately depend upon future costs for decommissioning 
which will reflect market conditions and regulations at that time. Furthermore, the timing of decommissioning is uncertain and is likely to depend 
on when the fields cease to produce at economically viable rates. This, in turn, will depend on factors such as future oil and gas prices, which are 
inherently uncertain.

A risk free rate range of 0.98% to 3.04% is used in the calculation of the provision as at 31 December 2018 (2017: Risk free rate range of 0.98% 
to 3.05%).

20 Pension scheme
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Contributions payable by the Group for the year ended 31 December 2018 were 
£0.73 million (2017: £0.77 million).

Contributions amounting to £0.07 million were accrued at 31 December 2018 (2017: £0.06 million) and are included in trade and other payables.

21 Commitments
The Group’s capital commitments comprised:

Capital commitments

Conventional capex 
Unconventional capex 

Total capital commitments 

Capital commitments relate to spend committed but not spent on conventional and unconventional licenses. 

Operating lease commitments

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised in operating loss for the year 
The Group had future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows: 
– within 1 year 
– after 1 year but not more than 5 years 
– after 5 years 

Total 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

137 
2,573 

2,710 

878
5,604

6,482

  31 December   31 December
2017
 £000

2018  
£000 

2,065 

2,323

1,656 
4,125 
3,824 

9,605 

1,714
2,731
945

5,390

81

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

22 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, other than those with carrying amounts that are a reasonable 
approximation of their fair values, are as follows. 

Carrying amount

Fair value

  31 December   31 December  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

2017 
£000 

2018 
£000 

Amortised cost 
Borrowings1 

20,980 

21,240 

20,875 

21,452

1  The fair value of borrowings (hierarchy level 1) has been calculated by reference to quoted market prices for these liabilities. 

Fair value hierarchy
Assets and liabilities, for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements, are categorised within the fair value hierarchy 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

• Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
• Level 2: other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly 

or indirectly; and 

• Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable 

market data. 

There are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value 
hierarchy.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

Financial assets: Level 2 
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 

Financial liabilities: Level 2 
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange hedges 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

2,158 –

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

– 
180 –

180 

2,749

2,749

Fair value of derivative financial instruments
The fair values of the commodity price options and foreign exchange hedges were provided by counterparties with whom the trades have 
been entered into. These consist of Asian style put and call options and swaps to sell/buy oil. The options are valued using a Black-Scholes 
methodology; however, certain adjustments are made to the spot-price volatility of oil prices due to the nature of the options. These adjustments 
are made either through Monte Carlo simulations or through statistical formulae. The inputs to these valuations include the price of oil,  
its volatility, and risk free interest rates.

82

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Derivative financial instruments
During the year, the Group entered into spot and forward foreign currency hedges to manage its exposure to exchange rate risk as its major 
source of revenue is denominated in USD whereas costs, with the exception of those relating to the secured bond, are primarily denominated  
in GBP. The market value of the currency hedges was £180,000 at 31 December 2018 (2017: nil).

 In the current year the Group has also entered into certain put/call options and swaps in order to manage its exposure to commodity price risk 
associated with sales of oil in US dollars. 

The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2018 were as follows:

Contract amount   Contract price/rate  Contract price/rate  Contract price/rate 

Fair value at 
  31 December 2018
 £000

Term 

Buy Put  

Sell Call 

Buy Call 

US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 
US dollar Asian 
US dollar Asian 

Jan 2019-Mar 2019 
Jan 2019-Mar 2019 
Apr 2019-Jun 2019 
Apr 2019-Jun 2019 
Apr 2019-Jun 2019 
Jul 2019-Sep 2019 

105k bbls oil 
45k bbls oil 
37.5k bbls oil 
37.5k bbls oil 
75k bbls oil 
75k bbls oil 

$55.00/bbl 
$55.00/bbl 
$55.00/bbl 
$56.70/bbl 
$64.00/bbl 
$60.25/bbl 

$70.00/bbl 

$85.00/bbl 

$78.55/bbl 

$93.55/bbl 

354
155
168
202
707
572

2,158

The above derivatives mature over the period from 1 January 2019 until 30 September 2019. A loss of £5.5 million was realised on hedges during 
the year to 31 December 2018.

The outstanding contracts as at 31 December 2017 were as follows:

Term 

Contract amount  Contract price/rate  Contract price/rate  Contract price/rate 

Buy Put 

Sell Call 

Buy Call 

US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 

Oct 2018-Dec 2018 
Apr 2018-Sep 2018 
Jan 2018-Mar 2018 

150k bbls oil 
300k bbls oil 
150k bbls oil 

$55.00/bbl 
$46.00/bbl 
$41.00/bbl 

$65.00/bbl 
$60.00/bbl 
$54.00/bbl 

$80.00/bbl 
$75.00/bbl 
$69.00/bbl 

Fair value at 
31 December 2017
 £000

137
1,332
1,280

2,749

The above derivatives matured over the period from 1 January 2018 until 31 December 2018. During the year to 31 December 2017, oil hedges 
for 165 thousand barrels matured in January and a loss of £0.2 million was realised (note 3). 

Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
The carrying values of the financial assets and financial liabilities, other than bonds, are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values.

83

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

22 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities  
is to finance the Group’s operations, including the Group’s capital expenditure programme. The Group has trade and other receivables, cash 
and cash equivalents and restricted cash that are derived directly from its operations and restricted cash. The Group also enters into derivative 
transactions to manage its commodity price exposure. 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Group’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Group is exposed to the following risks:

• Market risk, including commodity price and foreign currency risks
• Credit risk 
• Liquidity risk 

The Group is not exposed to interest rate risk as all the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. The Group’s policy is that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Group and does not use derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors,  
such as commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt and the proportion of financial instruments 
in foreign currencies are all constant and that financial derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the 
sensitivity to changes in market variables on the Group’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity, 
where applicable. 

The following assumptions have been made in preparing the sensitivity analyses: 

• The sensitivity of the relevant profit before tax item is the effect of the assumed changes in market risks. This is based on the financial assets 

and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017; and

• The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax and ignores the effects of deferred tax, if any.

Commodity price risk
The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in prevailing market commodity prices (primarily crude oil) on the oil and gas it produces.  
The Group’s policy is to manage these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments. 

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial 
instruments. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as these derivative financial instruments have not been 
designated as hedges and are classified as held-for-trading. 

The analysis is based on derivative contracts existing at the balance sheet date, the assumption that crude oil price moves 15% over all future 
periods, with all other variables held constant. Management believe that 15% is a reasonable sensitivity based on forward forecasts of estimated 
oil price volatility.

15% increase in the price of oil 
15% decrease in the price of oil 

84

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax and equity 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018 
£000 

2,759 
(2,759) 

4,396
(4,396)

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Foreign currency risk
The Group has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from sales, purchases or financing in currencies other than the UK pound 
sterling, the functional currency of all Group companies. The Group’s sales are denominated in US dollars, and approximately 5% of costs are 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Group, primarily US dollars. The Group borrowings are also denominated  
in US dollars. The Group’s exposure to other currencies is not considered to be material.

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in the US dollar/pound sterling exchange rate on the financial assets 
and liabilities in the balance sheet at year end, principally relating to the Group’s borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact  
on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax.

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in 
profit before tax for the 
year ended and to 
equity as at 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

1,141 
(1,141) 

720
(720)

Credit risk
The Group has a credit policy to assess and manage the credit risk of counterparties before entering contracts, including credit checks  
through external credit agencies, the establishment of credit limits, a requirement for security, payment terms and specific transaction approvals. 
The primary credit exposures of the Group are its receivables from crude oil and electricity sales, amounts due from Joint Venture partners and 
exposure with respect to derivative contracts. These exposures are managed at the corporate level. The Group has two main customers and only 
trades with established counterparties who have been approved in accordance with the Group’s credit policy.

At 31 December 2018, two customers (2017: two) accounted for approximately 99% (2017: 97%) of trade receivables of £2.7 million  
(2017: £3.7 million). 

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, cash equivalents and derivative contracts, 
the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments. The Group limits its counterparty credit risk on these assets by dealing only with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least  
A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. At 31 December 2018, the maximum exposure was £17.3 million  
(2017: £15.7 million).

Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash 
flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments: 

At 31 December 2018
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

At 31 December 2017 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

On demand  
£000 

< 1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

4,070 
4,573 

8,643 

3,418 
1,366 

4,784 

3,878 
– 

3,878 

3,823 
– 

3,823 

17,698 
– 

17,698 

– 
– 

– 

25,646
4,573

30,219

3,643 
– 

3,643 

16,663 
– 

16,663 

27,547
1,366

28,913

Management considers that the Group has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current and non-current liabilities.

85

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

22 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Capital management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder value. 
The Group’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and adjustments are made in light of changes in economic 
conditions. The Group’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its secured bonds.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Group includes interest bearing loans 
less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves and accumulated 
profits/losses.

The Company completed a restructuring and fundraising package on 4 April 2017 (see note 25). Management believe that the new capital 
structure is sustainable in the current oil price environment and, together with a carried work programme of up to $220 million, means that the 
Company is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

23 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one 
new ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 14 June  
2017, the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number of shares  
in issue to that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001 pence each  
were consolidated into one new ordinary share of 0.02 pence each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002 pence.  
The consolidation and subdivision reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Ordinary shares  

Deferred shares*  

Share 
capital 

  Nominal value 
£000 

No. 

302,820,578 

30,282 

484,956 

49 

303,305,534 

30,331 

  Nominal value  Nominal value 
£000 

£000 

No. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

30,282 

49 

30,331 

Share
premium

Value
£000

32

2

34

–
28,766
18,003
46,949
(554)
9,008
44

– 
1 
– 
1 
– 

– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 

102,250
42
50
–

102,342

– 
– 
– 
– 

48
45
31
35

303,305,534 

30,331 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

303,305,534 
– 
– 
– 

303,305,534 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,331 
– 
– 
– 

30,331 

– 
– 
– 
– 

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,501

Issued and fully paid 
At 1 January 2017, ordinary shares of 10p each 

January 2017 SIP share issue 

Balance prior to the restructuring 
Subdivision of 10p ordinary shares into 0.0001p ordinary shares  
  and 9.999p deferred shares 
Issued through Kerogen Subscription Agreement 
Issued through the Placing and Open and Ancillary Offers 
Equitisation of secured and unsecured bonds 
Transaction costs 
Reserves transfer on equitisation of unsecured bonds 
May 2017 SIP share issue 

– 
679,282,165 
400,069,644 
1,043,350,391 
– 
– 
956,464 

Total ordinary shares before subdivision and consolidation 

2,426,964,198 

Subdivision and consolidation 

After subdivision and consolidation 
July 2017 SIP share issue 
October 2017 SIP share issue 
December 2017 EBT issue 

At 31 December 2017 

January 2018 SIP share issue 
April 2018 SIP share issue 
July 2018 SIP share issue 
October 2018 SIP share issue 

At 31 December 2018 

(2,305,615,988) 

121,348,210 
59,352 
73,557 
400,000 

121,881,119 

69,195 
55,279 
37,782 
33,894 

122,077,269 

(30,331) 
1 
– 
1 
– 
– 
– 

2 
– 
– 
– 

2 

– 
– 
– 
– 

2 

*   Deferred shares were created on capital restructuring which completed in April 2017 as disclosed in note 25. 

86

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Share capital and share premium continued
Accordingly, the Group share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2017 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2017 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2018 

£000

30,282
51

30,333
–

30,333

Share premium 
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 196,150 ordinary shares at a nominal value of 0.002p each (2017: 106,740,090 ordinary shares  
of 0.002p each), resulting in an increase in share premium of £0.2 million (2017: £102.3 million). No issuing costs were incurred during the year 
(2017: £554 thousand). 

24 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Balance at 1 January 2017 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Transfers 

Balance at 31 December 2017 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Transfers 

Balance at 31 December 2018 

Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2017 
Exercisable at 1 January 2017 

Exercisable after subdivision and conversion (including roundings) 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2017 
Exercisable at 31 December 2017 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2018 

Exercisable at 31 December 2018 

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil.

Total
£000

28,757

1,231
102
(85)
(11)
–

Share plan  
reserves  
£000 

Treasury 

Capital 
shares  contributions 
£000 
£000 

8,138 

(1,650) 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 

1,231 
– 
(85) 
(11) 
(175) 

9,098 

1,430 
– 
(173) 
99 

– 
102 
– 
– 
175 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(1,373) 

47 

22,222 

29,994

– 
59 
– 
(99) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

1,430
59
(173)
–

10,454 

(1,413) 

47 

22,222 

31,310

EIP 
Number  
of units 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

EDRP 
Number 
of units 

LTIP
Number
of units

7,096,343 
– 

9,470,814  6,500,000 
9,470,814  6,500,000 

1,841,884
–

354,826 

473,566 

325,000 

92,096

1,756,923 
(9,533) 
– 
(15,512) 

2,086,704 
2,086,704 

1,911,057 
– 
– 

– 
(206,314) 
– 
– 

267,252 
267,252 

76,310 
(52,371) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

325,000 
325,000 

– 
– 
– 

3,997,761 

291,191 

325,000 

3,997,761 

291,191 

325,000 

–
–

(1,029) 
(3,975)

87,092
87,092

–
– 
(87,092)

–

–

87

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

24 Other reserves continued
Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
In March 2016, the Group issued 7,548,701 options under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Directors of the Company and certain other 
key employees of the Group which will vest, subject to meeting certain criteria, three years from grant. The options granted under the Plan take 
the form of a base award. The number of ordinary shares over which the options vest may be increased by a multiple of up to two times the 
number of ordinary shares subject to the base award, if a specified ordinary share price is met at the vesting date.

The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: share price as of date of grant  
of £0.145, a risk free interest rate of 0.52 % and an implied share price volatility 68.8 %. It was also assumed that no options would be forfeited 
and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of £1.4 million.

On the 14 June 2017 these awards were subdivided in line with the subdivision and consideration of the Group’s share capital (see note 23). 

In October 2017, the Group awarded 1,756,923 Ordinary shares under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company  
and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model 
were: share price as of date of grant of £0.68, a risk free interest rate of 0.54 % and an implied share price volatility 63.95 %. It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£0.978 million.

In March 2018, the Group awarded 1,911,057 Ordinary shares under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company and 
other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: 
share price as of date of grant of £0.76, a risk free interest rate of 0.98 % and an implied share price volatility 58.3 %. It was also assumed that 
no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of  
£1.3 million.

The EIPs outstanding at 31 December 2018 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 8.4 years 
(2017: 9.0 years). 

The total charge for the year was £1.07 million (2017: £0.48 million). Of this amount, £0.24 million (2017: £0.10 million) was capitalised and 
£0.83 million (2017: £0.38 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
In December 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the MRP. Under the MRP, participants are granted nil cost options 
which vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding 
period following the date of vesting. 

Employees were granted 7,143,610 options in the MRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)  
and 2016 cash bonuses. The options designated by the Group as replacement awards were accounted for as a modification of the original 
scheme and were valued at grant date and the options awarded in lieu of cash bonuses were measured with reference to the fair value of the 
services received. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re-measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into 
the model were: replacement date share price of between £0.14 and £0.24, threshold price of between £1.351 and £1.664, a risk free interest 
rate of between 0.37% and 0.42% and an implied share price volatility of between 73% and 86%. It was also assumed that no dividends would 
be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental fair value of £0.17 million. 

In March 2018, the Group awarded 76,310 Ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group. The fair value  
of the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered. There were also a number of share exercise during the year relating to other 
employees of the Company. The MRPs outstanding at 31 December 2018 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum 
term remaining of 5.5 years (2017: 5.9 years). 

The total charge for the year was £0.07 million (2017: £nil). Of this amount, £0.03 million (2017: £nil) was capitalised or recharged to joint 
venture partners and £0.04 million (2017: £nil) was charged to the Income Statement.

88

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
24 Other reserves continued
Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
In July 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the EDRP. Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which 
vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

Executives were granted 6,500,000 options in the EDRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and  
the Value Creation Plan (VCP). The options have been designated by the Group as replacement awards at grant date and were accounted for  
as a modification of the original scheme. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re-measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value  
of replacement awards was based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: replacement date share price of 
£0.23, threshold price of between £0.945 and £1.664, a risk free interest rate of between 0.49% and 0.60% and an implied share price volatility 
of between 70% and 78%. It was also assumed that no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental 
fair value of £1.5 million.

The EDRPs outstanding at 31 December 2018 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 4.5 years 
(2017: 5.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £nil (2017: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2017: £nil) was charged to the  
Income Statement.

Long Term Incentive Plan 2011 (2011 LTIP)
In November 2011 the Company adopted a LTIP scheme for certain key employees of the Group. Under the LTIP, participants can each be granted 
nil cost options over up to 300% of remuneration for the Initial Award and up to 150% of remuneration for the Annual Award (subject to an 
overall plan limit of 10% of the issued share capital of the Company for all participants). The LTIP has a three year performance period and 
awards vest subject to share price performance exceeding the Company’s weighted average cost of capital of 10%. On a change of control prior 
to the third anniversary of the grant date, a proportion of the options that vest will take into account items such as the time the option has been 
held by the participant and the performance achieved in the period from the grant date. Other than on a change of control, 100% of vested 
awards can be exercised and sold on vesting. The fair value of the awards granted under the plan are measured at grant date using a Monte Carlo 
Simulation Model.

There were no LTIPs awarded or exercised during the year. There were no LTIPs outstanding at 31 December 2018.

The total charge for the year was £0.05 million (2017: £0.12 million). Of this amount, £0.02 million (2017: £0.02 million) was capitalised and  
£0.3 million (2017: £0.10 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

Other share based payments
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
In 2013, the Group adopted an Inland Revenue approved SIP for all employees of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive plan pursuant 
to which all employees are eligible to acquire up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month or £1,800 per 
annum. Under the SIP employees are invited to make contributions to buy partnership shares. If an employee agrees  
to buy partnership shares the Company currently matches the number of partnership shares bought with an award of shares (matching shares), 
on a one-for-one or two-for-one basis subject to the pre-defined quarterly production targets being met. 

The total charge for the year was £0.15 million (2017: £0.2 million). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £0.005 million) was capitalised and £0.15 million 
(2017: £0.195 million) was charged to the income statement.

Treasury shares 
The Treasury shares of the Group have arisen in connection with the shares issued to the IGas Energy Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust), of which 
the Company is the sponsoring entity. The value of such shares is recorded in the share capital and share premium accounts in the ordinary way 
and is also shown as a deduction from equity in this separate reserve account. There is therefore no net effect on shareholders’ funds. 

During the year ended to 31 December 2018, no shares (2017: 400,000 ordinary shares of £0.00002) were issued to the Trust. In addition 52,373 
ordinary shares of £0.00002 each (2017: 225,226 ordinary shares of £0.00002 each) were released from the Trust on exercise of share options 
by current and former employees.

89

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

24 Other reserves continued
Capital contribution 
The capital contribution relates to cash received following the acquisition of IGAS Exploration UK Limited.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

25 Capital restructure
During the year ended 31 December 2016, the Company disclosed that it expected to be non-compliant with its leverage covenants under its 
secured bond agreement and that it also expected to breach its daily liquidity covenant in late March 2017. The Company therefore engaged 
in discussions with its bondholders, a strategic investor and other potential investors and stakeholders with regard to possible restructuring 
options in order to provide a remedy to the expected breach and achieve a capital structure that would be sustainable in the current oil price 
environment. In March 2017, the Company announced final terms of the restructuring and fundraising package which were subsequently 
approved at the meetings of the Company’s secured and unsecured bondholders and at the general meeting of shareholders on 3 April 2017. 
In addition, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one new 
ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each.

On 4 April 2017, the Company announced that all new ordinary shares issued in accordance with the terms of the fundraising were admitted to 
trading and, as a result, the restructuring of the Company’s secured bonds and unsecured bonds and the fundraising had become effective in 
accordance with their respective terms. The principal terms are set out below:

• 679,282,165 new ordinary shares were issued to Unconventional Energy Limited, an affiliate of Kerogen Capital, pursuant to a subscription 
agreement (including 40,030,273 new ordinary shares at nominal value pursuant to a top-up mechanism) raising £28.77 million and giving 
Unconventional Energy Limited an interest of 28% in the Company.

• 400,069,644 new ordinary shares were issued pursuant to a placing, open offer and ancillary subscription raising £18.04 million.
• 528,175,031 new ordinary shares were issued to holders of secured bonds who accepted voluntary equity exchange of secured bonds 

extinguishing $28.92 million (£23.78 million) in face value of the secured bonds.

• 202,398,542 new ordinary shares were issued to holders of secured bonds pursuant to a conditional secured debt for equity swap 

extinguishing a further $11.08 million (£9.11 million) in face value of the secured bonds.

• c.$49.2 million (£40.4million) in face value of secured bonds were cancelled in consideration for c.$49.2 million (£40.4 million) cash pursuant 

to a voluntary cash offer.

• 312,776,818 new ordinary shares were issued to holders of unsecured bonds on the conversion of all unsecured bonds into equity 

extinguishing $27.4 million (£22.5 million) in face value, being all of, the unsecured bonds not held by the Company.

• The Company cancelled $13.09 million (£10.7 million) in face value of the secured bonds and unsecured bonds held by the Company, being all 

of the unsecured bonds and secured bonds held by the Company.

• The renegotiated terms and conditions and covenants for the remaining secured bonds (total aggregate face value of c.$30.08 million) came 

into effect upon admission.

• The new ordinary shares were issued at a price of 4.5p per share.

A gain of £4.9 million (net of fees of £2.5 million) arising from the restructure was recognised for the year ended 31 December 2017.

90

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 201826 Related party transactions
The information below sets out transactions and balances between the Group and related parties in the normal course of business for the year 
ended 31 December 2018.

The Director, Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Operating Officer of the Company are considered to be the only key management personnel as 
defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures. Transactions with key management personnel were as follows:

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Short-term employee benefits 
Share plan 
Social security costs 
Fees 

1,384 
717 
197 
100 

2,398 

1,574
546
198
68

2,386

Short-term employee benefits: These amounts comprise fees paid to the key management personnel in respect of salary and benefits earned 
during the relevant financial year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.

Share plan: This is the cost to the Group of key management personnel’s participation in SIP, LTIPs, EDRP and EIP plans, as measured by the fair 
value of SIP, LTIPs, EDRPs and EIPs granted, accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2.

27 Subsequent events
On 24 January 2019 the Group issued 45,598 Ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Company’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued at 
£0.80 resulting in share premium of £36,477.

On 11 March 2019, the Company announced a significant advancement in UK share prospectively with over 250 metres of hydrocarbon bearing 
shales encountered, including the upper and lower Bowland Shale, in the Springs Road 1 well.

91

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements –  
Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable United 
Kingdom law and those International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs).

Under Company Law the Directors must not approve the Parent Company financial statements unless they are satisfied that they present fairly 
the financial position of the Parent Company and its financial performance and cash flows for that period. In preparing the Parent Company 
financial statements the Directors are required to:

• Present fairly the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Parent Company;
• Select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8: Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply 

them consistently;

• Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;
• Make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
• Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact 

of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Parent Company’s financial position and financial performance;

• State that the Parent Company has complied with IFRSs, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial  

statements; and 

• Prepare the accounts on a going concern basis unless, having assessed the ability of the Parent Company to continue as a going concern, 

management either intends to liquidate the entity or to cease trading, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Parent Company and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors confirm that they have complied with these requirements and, having a reasonable expectation that the Parent Company has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future, will continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the accounts.

92

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc

Report on the audit of the parent company financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, IGas Energy plc’s parent company financial statements (the financial statements):

• Give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of its cash flows for the year then ended;
• Have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and  

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

• Have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and accounts (the Annual Report), which comprise: the Parent 
Company Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2018; the Parent Company Cash Flow Statement, and the Parent Company Statement of Changes  
in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

Audit scope

Key audit matters

• Overall materiality: £1.1 million (2017: £1.0 million), based on a proportion of net assets.

• We obtained coverage over 99% of Company’s total assets and 100% of Company’s 

consolidated total liabilities.

• Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries.
• Basis of going concern.

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.  
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence 
of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

93

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc
continued

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries
Refer to page 40 Audit Committee Report note 2 Investment in 
subsidiaries.

The carrying value of the Company’s investments in subsidiaries 
were £362.7m at 31 December 2018, comprising of £136.3m of 
investment in subsidiaries and £226.4m of loans to group companies. 
These represent 89.5% of the Company’s total assets. We focused on 
this area due to the material nature of the balance.

We have obtained management’s assessment over whether the 
carrying value of the investments in subsidiaries is supportable.  
This included comparing the fair value of each entity with the 
carrying value of the parent company investments. Fair values were 
derived from a combination of the subsidiary net assets and the 
fair value of subsidiaries oil and gas properties based on the group 
impairment model. Based on the procedures performed we concur 
with management that, after impairment of £36.1m, the carrying 
value is supportable.

Basis of going concern
Refer to page 40 Audit Committee Report, and page 101 note 1 (b) 
Accounting Policies.

In assessing the appropriateness of the going concern assumption 
used in preparing the financial statements, we: 

We focused on this area given the recent volatility in oil price and 
foreign exchange, and the need to ensure compliance with the terms 
of the secured bonds, including financial covenants. The ability of the 
Company and Group to continue as a going concern is dependent 
on Management’s ability to maintain liquidity in order to repay its 
existing creditors and outstanding debt.

Management’s assessment of going concern is based on cash flow 
projections and business plans, each of which is dependent on 
management’s judgement and can be influenced by management 
bias. 

• Checked the mathematical accuracy of Management’s cash flow 

forecast and validated the opening cash position; 

• Validated Management’s underlying cash flow projections for the 
Company and Group to other external and internal sources where 
appropriate, including recent production, oil price forecasts and 
comparing cost assumptions to historic actuals and underlying 
budgets; 

• Performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of the key 
assumptions underlying the forecast such as a reduction in oil 
price, weaker operational performance and a strengthening of the 
British Pound against the US Dollar, and the Company and Group’s 
ability to take mitigating actions, if required; and 

• Reviewed the completeness and appropriateness of management’s 
going concern disclosures as disclosed in the financial statements.

Our conclusions on going concern are set out later in this report.

How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which it operates. 

94

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

£1.1 million (2017: £1.0 million).

How we determined it

A proportion of net assets.

Rationale for benchmark applied

We consider net assets to be one of the principal considerations of the members of the Parent 
Company. The overall materiality has been limited to 90% of the Group’s overall materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £55,000 (2017: £50,000)  
as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when: 

• the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 
• the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt about the 

parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above matters.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the parent company’s ability  
to continue as a going concern. For example, the terms on which the United Kingdom may withdraw from the European Union are not clear,  
and it is difficult to evaluate all of the potential implications on the company’s trade, customers, suppliers and the wider economy. 

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.  
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

95

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc
continued

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report  
for the year ended 31 December 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable  
legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify 
any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities in Relation to the Parent Company Financial Statements set out on  
page 92, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend  
to liquidate the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,  
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected  
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Other matter
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of IGas Energy plc for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Richard Spilsbury 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
27 March 2019

96

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
Parent Company Balance Sheet
As at 31 December 2018

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Property, plant and equipment 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings  
Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Accumulated surplus 

Total equity 

  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

 2018  
£000 

Notes  

2 
3 

362,707 
83 

392,275
47

362,790 

392,322

4 
5 

35,502 
6,806 

42,308 

30,947
858

31,805

405,098 

424,127

6 
8 
10 

(133,187) 
(2,389) 

(146,910)
(1,687)

(71) –

(135,647) 

(148,597)

8 

(18,591) 

(19,553)

(154,238) 

(168,150)

250,860 

255,977

11 
11 
12 

30,333 
102,501 
31,310 
86,716 

30,333
102,342
29,994
93,308

250,860 

255,977

As a Consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £0.5 million 
(2017: a profit of £2.5 million). 

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 27 March 2019 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 100 to 116 form an integral part of these financial statements.

97

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Balance at 1 January 2017 
Profit for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Forfeiture of LTIPs under the employee share plan (note 12) 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan (note 12) 
Issue of shares and conversion of debt (note 11) 
Reserves transfer on equitisation of unsecured bond 

Balance at 31 December 2017 
Change in accounting policy (note 1) 

Restated balance at 31 December 2017 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Called up  
share 
capital  
(note 11)  
£000 

30,282 
– 
– 
– 
– 
51 
– 

30,333 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium 
account 
(note 11) 
 £000 

32 
– 
– 
– 
– 
93,302 
9,008 

102,342 
– 

102,342 
– 
159 
– 
– 

Balance at 31 December 2018 

30,333 

102,501 

The notes on pages 100 to 116 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Other  Accumulated

reserves 
(note 12) 
 £000 

28,757 
– 
1,333 
(85) 
(11) 
– 
– 

29,994 
– 

29,994 
– 
1,489 
(173) 
– 

(deficit)/ 
surplus 
£000 

99,969 
2,462 
(115) 
– 
– 
– 
(9,008) 

93,308 
(6,402) 

86,906 
(478) 
115 
173 
– 

Total
equity
£000

159,040
2,462
1,218
(85)
(11)
93,353
–

256,092
(6,402)

249,575
(478)
1,763
–
–

31,310 

86,716 

250,860

98

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Cash flows from operating activities: 
(Loss)/profit before tax 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Share based payment charge 
Impairment of investments 
Income from subsidiary undertakings 
Unrealised loss on foreign exchange hedges 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non-cash items 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
Decrease in trade and other payables 

Cash used in operating activities 

Tax refunded 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Interest received 

Net cash (used in)/from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Cash proceeds from the issue of shares in capital restructuring 
Cash paid in settlement of secured bonds 
Fees related to capital restructure 
Repayment and repurchase of borrowings 
Dividend received from subsidiary undertakings 
Interest paid 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The notes on pages 100 to 116 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Note 

(478) 
53 
236 
36,060 
(37,076) –
71 –
(11,384) 
10,452 
(1) 

(2,067) 
(4,555) 
(20,888) 

(27,510) 

– 

2,429
77
159
17,939

(27,452)
6,389
(124)

(583)
8,419
(19,071)

(11,235)

31

(27,510) 

(11,204)

(89) –
5 

(84) 

10

10

70 
– 
– 
– 
(1,722) 
37,076 –
(1,751) 

33,673 

6,079 
(131) 
858 

6,806 

77
46,789
(39,337)
(4,311)
(5,423)

(5,917)

(8,122)

(19,316)
(1,031)
21,205

858

11 
13 
13 
13 
5 

5 

5 

99

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Parent Company financial statements of IGas Energy plc (the Company) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards, adopted for use by the European Union (IFRSs) as they apply to the Company for the year ended 31 December 2018, and 
with the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 27 March 2019. IGas Energy plc 
is a public limited company incorporated, registered in England and Wales and is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when 
otherwise indicated. 

As a Consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £0.5 million 
(2017: a profit of £2.5 million).

New and amended standards and interpretations
During the year, the Company adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting period commencing 1 January 
2018:

IFRS 2 
IFRS 15 
IFRS 9 

Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions – Amendment to IFRS 2 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
Financial Instruments 

The Parent Company has adopted IFRS 15 from 1 January 2018, which resulted in changes in accounting policies; however no adjustments were 
required to the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

IFRS 9 replaces the provisions of IAS 39 that relate to the recognition, classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, 
derecognition of financial instruments, impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting. The adoption of IFRS 9 from 1 January 2018 resulted 
in changes in accounting policies and certain retrospective adjustments as disclosed below in note 10.

Accounting policies applied until 31 December 2017
The Parent Company has applied IFRS 9 retrospectively, but has elected not to restate the comparative information. As a result, the comparative 
information provided continues to be accounted for in accordance with the Parent Company’s previous accounting policy.

Changes in accounting policies
As a result of the changes in the Company’s accounting policies, prior year financial statements had to be restated. As explained below, IFRS 
9 was adopted without restating comparative information. The reclassifications and adjustments arising from the new impairment rules are 
therefore not reflected in the restated balance sheet as at 31 December 2017, but are recognized in the opening balance sheet on 1 January 
2018.

The following table shows the adjustments recognized for each individual line item. Line items that were not affected by the changes have not 
been included. As a result, the subtotals and totals disclosed cannot be recalculated from the numbers provided. The adjustments are explained 
in more detail by standard below.

Balance Sheet (extract) 

Non-current assets 
Loans to Group companies (note 2) 

Total assets 

Reserves 
Retained earnings 

Total equity 

  31 December 
2017 
£000 

IFRS 9 
£000 

1 January
2018
£000

221,381 

424,127 

(6,402) 

214,979

(6,402) 

417,725

93,308 

255,977 

(6,402) 

86,906

(6,402) 

249,575

IFRS 9 replaces provisions of IAS 39 that relate to the recognition , classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, 
derecognition of financial instruments, impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting.

100

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Accounting policies continued
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements continued
The total impact on the Parent Company’s retained earnings as at 1 January 2018 is as follows:

Closing retained earnings 31 December 2017 – IAS 39 
Increase in provision for expected credit losses 

Adjustment to retained earnings from adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 January 

Opening retained earnings 1 January 2018 – IFRS 9 

 £000

93,308
(6,402)

(6,402)

86,906

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published that are mandatory only for the Company’s 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 or later periods and which the Company has not adopted early. Those that may be 
applicable to the Company in future are as follows: 

IFRS 16 
IFRIC Interpretation 23 
Amendments to IAS 28 

Leases 
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
Long-term interest in Associates and Joint Ventures 

1 January 2019*
1 January 2019*
1 January 2019*

*  The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Company prepares its financial statements in accordance 

with IFRS as adopted by the European Union (EU), the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via the 
EU endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need for 
endorsement restricts the Company’s discretion to early adopt standards.

Other than IFRS 16, there are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity  
in the current or future reporting periods. The Company’s assessment of the impact of IFRS 16 is set out below:

Nature of change, impact and mandatory application
IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016. It will result in almost all leases being recognised on the balance sheet by lessees, as the distinction between 
operating and finance leases is removed. Under the new standard, an asset being the right to use the leased asset, and a financial liability to pay 
rentals are recognised. The only exceptions are short-term and low-value leases. The Company has reviewed the existing population of leases 
and any new leases in light of the new lease accounting rules in IFRS 16. There is no significant impact on the Company. See impact on the Group 
in the Group accounting policies.

(b) Going concern
The Group and Company continue to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks including the continued use of both oil and interest rate 
derivatives. Cash forecasts for the Group and Company are regularly produced based on, inter alia, the Group and Company production 
and expenditure forecasts, management’s best estimate of future oil prices, management’s best estimate of foreign exchange rates and the 
Group and Company’s borrowings. Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited to, possible further reductions 
in commodity prices, strengthening of sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. The Group and Company’s base case 
working capital forecasts show that the Group and Company will have sufficient financial headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements. To manage the impact of the most extreme downside scenarios modelled, management would have to take 
action, including delaying capital expenditure in order to remain within the Company’s banking facilities. All such mitigating actions are within 
management’s control. 

Therefore, after making appropriate enquiries and considering the risks described above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements.

101

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(c) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk 
of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below.

Recoverable value of investment in subsidiaries
The Company evaluates investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment as described in (d) below. Any impairment test, where required, 
involves estimates and associated assumptions related to matters (when appropriate), such as recoverable reserves; production profiles; forward 
gas and electricity prices; development, operational and offtake costs; nature of land access agreements and planning permissions; application 
of taxes, and other matters. Where the final outcome or revised estimates related to such matters differ from the estimates used in any earlier 
impairment reviews, the results of such differences, to the extent that they actually affected any impairment provisions, are accounted for when 
such revisions are made. Details of the Company’s investments are disclosed in note 2.

Functional currency
The determination of a company’s functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in which  
it operates may not be clear. The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the primary economic environment  
of the Company.

(d) Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in Group companies held as non-current assets are held at cost less provision for impairment unless the investments were acquired 
in exchange for the issue or part issue of shares in the Company, when they are initially recorded in the Company’s balance sheet at the fair value 
of the shares issued together with the fair value of any consideration paid, including costs of acquisition less any provision for impairment.

The Company’s investments in Group companies held as non-current assets are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable, when impairment is calculated on the basis as set out 
below. Any impairment is charged to the income statement. 

Loans to Group companies are stated at amortised cost.

Impairment
Impairment tests, when required, are carried out on the following basis:

• By comparing any amounts carried as investments held as non-current assets with the recoverable amount.
• The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Company generally assesses value in use 
using the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or cash-generating unit.

Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier period that charge will be reversed in a later period where there has been a change 
in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment losses, the 
carrying amount of the investment will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have been 
determined had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write-off the cost 
of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted 
for as additional depreciation:

Buildings 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– over five years on a straight line basis
– between three and five years on a straight line basis
– over four years on a straight line basis 

102

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial Instruments
Classification
From 1 January 2018, the Parent Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss); and
• Those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For 
assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will be recorded either in profit or loss or in OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are 
not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Parent Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to 
account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Parent Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date (that is, the date on which the Parent Company commits to 
purchase or sell the asset). Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Parent Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement
At initial recognition, the Parent Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

The Parent Company holds financial assets at amortised costs being trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash 
and derivative financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company also hold financial liabilities at amortised cost being trade and other payables, borrowings, other creditors and derivative 
financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:

• The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
• The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short-term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Group’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment accounting policy below. 

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received. 

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting period, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

103

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsParent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial Instruments continued
Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent period, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment  
was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised  
in the income statement.

Warrants
When warrants do not qualify as equity instruments under IAS 39 due to the variable number of shares that would be issued in each case they 
are accounted for as financial liabilities. The warrants are initially recognised at fair value on the date they are issued and are subsequently 
remeasured to fair value at each period end. All changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement.

Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management’s estimates of the amounts or timings of cashflows are revised, 
borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest with any consequent adjustment being 
recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from 
the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

(f) Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date including 
whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the 
asset.

Operating leases
Rentals are charged to the income statement in the year on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

(g) Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/
(loss) differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are 
taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is 
calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences at 
the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax 
liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered.

104

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 20181 Accounting policies continued
(g) Taxation continued
The carrying amount of deferred tax is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each 
reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be 
recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the assets are realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognised in 
correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

(h) Share based payments
Where share options or warrants are awarded to employees (including Directors), the fair value of the options or warrants at the date of the grant 
is recorded in equity over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into 
account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting 
conditions, are factored in to the fair value of the options or warrants granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount 
recorded is computed irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted 
for the failure to achieve a market vesting condition; although equity no longer required for options or warrants may be transferred to another 
equity reserve.

Where the terms and conditions of options or warrants are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by 
the change from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised or the 
award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date is continued to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and services 
received.

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted as a cost against the profit and loss which will usually be to the 
income statement unless the services rendered qualify for capitalisation as a non-current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non-current 
assets in the event of services being rendered in connection with an acquisition or intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant 
and equipment. The comparative other reserves and accumulated (deficit)/surplus were corrected by increasing/decreasing them respectively by 
£115,000 in relation to share based payments.

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will be 
shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (Treasury shares). 

(i) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital, share premium accounts or merger reserve as appropriate.

(j) Foreign currency
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the 
balance sheet date. All differences that arise are recorded in the income statement.

105

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsParent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

2 Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries comprises:

Parent Company 

At 1 January 
Additions 
Impairments 
Credit loss allowance 

At 31 December 

*  Refer note 10 for credit risk.

  31 December 
2018 

  31 December
2017

Investment 
in Group  
Companies 
£000 

Loans to 
Group 
companies * 
£000 

Total 
£000 

170,894 
1,515 
(36,060) 
– 

221,381 
11,379 
– 

(6,402)* 

392,275 
12,894 
(36,060) 
(6,402) 

Investment 
in Group 
Companies 
£000 

187,772 
1,061 
(17,939) 
– 

Loans to
Group
companies 
£000 

210,002 
11,379 
– 
– 

Total
£000

397,774
12,440
(17,939)
–

136,349 

226,358 

362,707 

170,894 

221,381 

392,275

Loans to Group companies are repayable on demand and bear interest at either 1.2% above LIBOR or at a fixed rate of 12%.

Additions represent investment of £1.5 million relating to employee share-based payment costs under IFRS 2 and £11.4 million interest accrued 
on existing loans to group companies. 

At 31 December 2018, the Company had investments in the following 100 per cent owned subsidiaries:

Name of company 

Principal activity and Country of incorporation 

Registered office address

Subsidiaries held by Company : 
Dart Energy Pty Ltd 
Island Gas Limited 
Island Gas Operations Limited 
IGas Energy Enterprise Limited  
IGas Exploration UK Limited 
Star Energy Group Limited 
Star Energy Limited 
Star Energy Weald Basin Limited 
Star Energy Oil and Gas Limited 
Subsidiaries held through subsidiaries : 
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited 
Dart Energy (Europe) Limited 
Edinburgh, EH2 4AD
Star Energy (East Midlands) Limited 
Dart Energy (East England) Limited 
Dart Energy (West England) Limited 
IGas Energy Development Limited 
IGas Energy Production Limited 

Dart Energy (Carbon Storage) Limited 

Gas exploration, Australia 
Oil exploration, evaluation, production and marketing, England 
Electricity generation, England 
Oil and gas exploration, development and production, England 
Dormant, England 
Service company, England 
Service company, England 
Oil and gas processing, England 
Dormant, England 

C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ
Interpark House, 7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 

Oil and gas production and marketing, England 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
Investment holding, Scotland  C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) Llp, Level 6, 124-125 Princess Street, 

Dormant, England 
Shale gas exploration, England 
Shale gas exploration, England 
Oil and gas exploration, development and production, England 
Oil and gas exploration, development  
and production, Scotland 
Dormant, Scotland 

7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) Llp, 
Level 6, 124-125 Princess Street, Edinburgh, EH2 4AD
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) Llp, 
Level 6, 124-125 Princess Street, Edinburgh, EH2 4AD
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) Llp, 
Level 6, 124-125 Princess Street, Edinburgh, EH2 4AD
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

Dart Energy (Lothian) Limited 

Dormant, Scotland 

Greenpark Energy Transportation Limited 
Apollo Gas Pty Limited 
Dart Energy (Bruxner) Pty Limited  
Dart Energy (India) Pty Limited  
Dart Energy SPV No.1 Pty Limited 

Dormant, England 
Dormant, Australia 
Investment holding, Australia 
Investment holding, Australia 
Dormant, Australia 

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries were reviewed for indicators of impairments as at 31 December 2018. Impairments of £36.1 million 
are recorded against the investments which are not supported by the subsidiaries underlying net asset values.

106

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 Investments in subsidiaries continued

Name of company 

Principal activity and Country of incorporation 

Registered office address

Dart Energy SPV No.2 Pty Limited 
Dart Energy (China) Pty Limited 
Dart Energy (Overseas) Pty Limited 
Dart Energy Global CBM Pty Limited 
Dart Energy India Services Pvt Limited 

Dormant, Australia 
Dormant, Australia 
Dormant, Australia 
Dormant, Australia 
Service company, India 

Dart Energy International Limited 
Dart Energy (Europe) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (China) Holdings Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (India) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (ST) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (AS) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (Sangatta West) Pte 
Dart Energy (Dajing) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (Vietnam) Holdings Pte Limited 
Dart Energy (India) Holdings Pte Limited  
Dart Energy Asia Holdings Pte Limited 
Dart Energy (Hanoi Basin CBM) Pte Limited 
Dart Energy India (CMM) Pte Limited 
Dart Energy (CIL) Pte Limited 
Dart Energy (MG) Pte Limited 

Investment holding, Singapore 
Investment holding, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Investment holding, Singapore 
Investment holding, Singapore 
Investment holding, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 

C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
804-805, 8th Floor, Tower B, Global Business Park, M.G Road, 
Gurugram, Harvana
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries were reviewed for indicators of impairment as at 31 December 2018.

3 Property, plant and equipment

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Buildings  
£000 

Motor 
vehicles 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Buildings  
£000 

Fixtures,
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Motor
vehicles 
£000 

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 

At 31 December 

Accumulated depreciation and Impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 

At 31 December 

NBV at 31 December 

375 
89 
– 

464 

331 
53 
– 

384 

80 

139 
– 
(43) 

96 

136 
– 
(43) 

93 

3 

20 
– 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

534 
89 
(43) 

580 

487 
53 
(43) 

497 

83 

375 
– 
– 

375 

256 
75 

331 

44 

139 
– 
– 

139 

134 
2 

136 

3 

20 
– 
– 

20 

20 
– 

20 

– 

Total
£000

534
–
–

534

410
77

487

47

107

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

4 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 
VAT recoverable 
Other debtors 
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
Prepayments 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

2 
8 
35,429 
63 

35,502 

39
36
30,718
154

30,947

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s 
companies with no expected credit loss.  

Due to the short-term natures of the current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

5 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

6,806 

858

The carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as stated above is considered to be a reasonable approximation of their  
fair value.

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

6,806 
(20,980) 

(14,174) 
(518) 

858
(21,240)

(20,382)
(686)

(14,692) 

(21,068)

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Cash and cash 
equivalents  
£000 

858 
– 
(1,722) 
(1,751) 
(131) 
9,552 
– 

Borrowings  
£000 

(21,240) 
– 
1,722 

(1,238) 
– 
(224) 

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

(20,382) 
– 
– 
(1,751) 
(1,369) 
9,552 
(224) 

21,205 
3,140 
(5,423) 
(5,917) 
(1,031) 
(11,116) 
– 

Borrowings  
£000 

(124,579) 
90,025 
5,423 
5,917 
2,369 
– 
(395) 

Total
£000

(103,374)
93,165
–
–
1,338
(11,116)
(395)

6,806 

(20,980) 

(14,174) 

858 

(21,240) 

(20,382)

Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings  

Net debt 
Borrowings – capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 
Capital restructuring 
Repayment and repurchase of borrowings 
Interest paid 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non-cash movements 

At 31 December 

108

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Trade and other payables

Trade creditors 
Taxation and social security 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Accruals and other creditors 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

155 
54 
132,081 
897 

274
51
145,751
834

133,187 

146,910

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s companies.

The carrying value of each of the Company’s financial liabilities being trade creditors is considered to be a reasonable approximation  
of its fair value. All trade creditors are payable within one to two months and no creditor has been outstanding for longer than three months 
(2017: no longer than three months). 

7 Taxation
Tax losses, none of which are considered sufficiently certain of utilisation to recognise deferred tax assets, amount to:

Year ended 

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

Excess management expenses 
Non-trade loan relationship debits 

8 Borrowings
Borrowings are measured at amortised cost in accordance with IAS 39.

19,134 
47,905 

17,615
47,968

Bonds – secured 

31 December 2018  

31 December 2017

Within  
1 year  
£000 

2,389 

Greater 
than 1 year 
£000 

Total 
£000 

18,591 

20,980 

Within 
1 year 
£000 

1,687 

Greater
than 1 year 
£000 

Total
£000

19,553 

21,240

In 2013, the Company and Norsk Tillitsmann (Bond Trustee) entered into a Bond Agreement for the Company to issue up to $165.0 million 
secured bonds and up to $30.0 million unsecured bonds (issued at 96% of par). These bonds were subsequently listed on Oslo Bors and the 
Alternative bond market in Oslo. Both secured and unsecured bonds carried a coupon of 10% per annum (where interest was payable semi-
annually in arrears). The secured bonds were amortised semi-annually at 2.5% of the initial loan amount. Final maturity on the secured notes  
was on 22 March 2018 and on the unsecured notes was 11 December 2018. 

In April 2017, the Company restructured its debt resulting in the equitisation of the unsecured bonds and a repayment/equitisation of a portion 
of the secured bonds. The restructuring reduced the total aggregate face value of the secured bonds to $30.0 million. The interest rate was 
reduced to 8%, the repayment term was extended to 30 June 2021, and the amortisation rate was increased to 5% of the initial loan amount 
from 23 March 2018. The restructuring also resulted in changes to the covenants and the removal of the need for a Debt Service Requirement 
Account (DSRA). The secured bonds now have two covenants: a liquidity requirement of $7.5 million and a leverage ratio, tested every six months, 
that requires net debt versus adjusted EBITDA to be less than 3.5 times. 

109

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

9 Commitments
At the balance sheet date the Company had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating 
leases as follows:

Operating lease commitments:

– expiring within 1 year 
– expiring within 2 to 5 years 
– expiring after 5 years 

Total 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

390 
873 
– 

1,263 

1,273
1,468
867

3,608

10 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, other than those with carrying 
amounts that are a reasonable approximation of their fair values, are as follows:

Carrying amount

Fair value

  31 December   31 December  31 December  31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

2017 
£000 

2018 
£000 

Financial liabilities 
Amortised cost 
  Borrowings1 

20,980 

21,240 

20,875 

21,452

1  The fair value of borrowings (hierarchy level 1) have been calculated by reference to quoted market prices for these specific liabilities.

Fair value hierarchy
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, 
described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

• Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
• Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 

indirectly; and 

• Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data. 

For financial instruments there are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers between levels of the fair value 
hierarchy.

The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised into the fair value hierarchy as at the reporting dates as follows:

Financial liabilities: Level 2 
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange hedge 

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

71 –

110

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Financial risk management
The Company’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings, foreign exchange hedges and trade and other payables, including amounts 
due to subsidiary undertakings. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Company’s subsidiary operations and to fund 
acquisitions. The Company has trade and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents that are derived directly from its operations and 
restricted cash. 

The Company manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Company’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Company is exposed to the following risks:

• Market risk including interest rate, and foreign currency risks;
• Credit risk ; and
• Liquidity risk.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. It is the Company’s policy that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Company. The Company does not use derivative 
financial instruments for speculative exposures.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors,  
such as interest rate and foreign currency. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, and the proportion of financial instruments in 
foreign currencies are all constant and that derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to 
changes in market variables on the Company’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity, where 
applicable. 

Interest rate risk
The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s loans with related parties. The Company 
currently has all of its external borrowings at fixed rates of interest. 

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in interest rates on the fair value of the loans to related parties. 

The analysis is based on the assumption that LIBOR moves 50 basis points, with all other variables held constant. 

50 basis point increase in LIBOR 
50 basis point decrease in LIBOR 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

388 
(388) 

388
(388)

Foreign currency risk
The Company has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from purchases in currencies other than the UK pounds sterling, the 
functional currency of the Company. The Company’s borrowings are also denominated in US dollars.

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in the US dollar/UK pound sterling exchange rate on financial assets 
and liabilities as at the year end, principally relating to the Groups borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact on equity is the 
same as the impact on profit before tax.

111

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

2,004 
(2,004) 

2,170
(2,170)

Credit risk
With respect to credit risk arising from the financial assets of the Company, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and amounts due from 
subsidiary undertakings, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the 
carrying amount of these instruments. The Company limits its counterparty credit risk on cash and cash equivalents by dealing only with financial 
institutions with credit ratings of at least A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. £6.8 million (2017: £0.1 
million) of cash and cash equivalents were held with two institutions. 

The loans to subsidiaries are considered to have low credit risk, and the loss allowance recognised during the period was therefore limited  
to 12 months expected losses. Management consider ‘low credit risk’ to be when they have a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong 
capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.

The loss allowance for the loan to subsidiary as at 31 December 2017 reconciles to the opening loss allowance on 1 January 2018 and to the 
closing loss allowance as at 31 December 2018 as follows:

Closing loss allowance as at 31 December 2017 (calculated under IAS 39) 
Amounts restated through opening retained earnings 

Loss allowance as at 1 January 2018 and 31 December 2018 (calculated under IFRS 9) 

Loan 
to subsidiary
 £000

–
6,402

6,402

Liquidity risk
The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual 
cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

At 31 December 2018 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

At 31 December 2017 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

On demand  
£000 

<1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

4,070 
155 

4,225 

3,418 
274 

3,692 

3,878 
– 

3,878 

3,823 
– 

3,823 

17,698 
– 

17,698 

– 
– 

– 

25,646
155

25,801

3,643 
– 

3,643 

16,663 
– 

16,663 

27,547
274

27,821

Management considers that the Company has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current liabilities and non-current liabilities.

112

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Capital management
The Company manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder value. 
The Company’s funding needs are met through a combination of debt and adjustments made in light of changes in economic conditions.  
The Company’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with the issued bonds.

The Company monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Company includes within net debt, 
interest bearing bank loans less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves  
and accumulated losses.

The Company completed a restructuring and fundraising package on 4 April 2017 (see note 13). Management believe that the new capital 
structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and, together with a carried work programme of up to $220 million, means  
that the Company is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

11 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one 
new ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 14 June 
2017, the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number of shares in 
issue to that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001 pence each were 
consolidated into one new ordinary share of 0.02 pence each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002 pence.  
The consolidation and subdivision reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Issued and fully paid
At 1 January 2017, ordinary shares of 10p each 

302,820,578 

30,282 

Ordinary shares  

 Nominal value 
£000 

No. 

January 2017 SIP share issue 

484,956 

303,305,534 

Balance prior to the restructuring 
Subdivision of 10p ordinary shares into 0.0001p ordinary shares  
  and 9.999p deferred shares 
Issued through Kerogen Subscription Agreement 
Issued through the Placing and Open and Ancillary Offers 
Equitisation of secured and unsecured bonds 
Transaction costs 
Reserves transfer on equitisation of unsecured bonds 
May 2017 SIP share issue 

– 
679,282,165 
400,069,644 
1,043,350,391 
– 
– 
956,464 

Total ordinary shares before subdivision and consolidation 

2,426,964,198 

Subdivision and consolidation 

After subdivision and consolidation 
July 2017 SIP share issue 
October 2017 SIP share issue 
December 2017 EBT issue 

At 31 December 2017 

January 2018 SIP share issue 
April 2018 SIP share issue 
July 2018 SIP share issue 
October 2018 SIP share issue 

At 31 December 2018 

(2,305,615,988) 

121,348,210 
59,352 
73,557 
400,000 

121,881,119 

69,195 
55,279 
37,782 
33,894 

122,077,269 

49 

30,331 

(30,331) 
1 
– 
1 
– 
– 
– 

2 
– 
– 
– 

2 

– 
– 
– 
– 

2 

*  Deferred shares were created on capital restructuring which completed in April 2017 as disclosed in note 16. 

Deferred shares*  

Share 
capital 

  Nominal value  Nominal value 
£000 

£000 

No. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

30,282 

49 

30,331 

303,305,534 

30,331 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

303,305,534 
– 
– 
– 

303,305,534 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,331 
– 
– 
– 

30,331 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Share
premium

Value
£000

32

2

34

–
28,766
18,003
46,949
(554)
9,008
44

– 
1 
– 
1 
– 

– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 

102,250
42
50
–

102,342

– 
– 
– 
– 

48
45
31
35

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,501

113

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

11 Share capital and share premium continued
Accordingly, the Group share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2017 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2017 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2018 

£000

30,282
51

30,333
–

30,333

Share premium
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 196,150 ordinary shares at a nominal value of 0.002p each (2017: 106,740,090 ordinary shares of 
0.002p each). No issuing costs were incurred during the year (2017: £554 thousand). 

12 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

At 1 January 2017 

Employee share plans – cost under IFRS 2  
Employee share plans – shares issued under the SIP 
Forfeiture of LTIPs under the employee share plan 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan 
Transfers 

At 31 December 2017 

Employee share plans – cost under IFRS 2  
Employee share plans – shares issued under the SIP 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan 
Transfers 

At 31 December 2018 

Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2017 

Exercisable at 1 January 2017 

Total
£000

28,757

1,231
102
(85)
(11)
–

Share plan  
reserves  
£000 

Treasury 

Capital 
shares  contributions 
£000 
£000 

8,138 

(1,650) 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 

1,231 
– 
(85) 
(11) 
(175) 

9,098 

1,430 
– 
(173) 
99 

– 
102 
– 
– 
175 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(1,373) 

47 

22,222 

29,994

– 
59 
– 
(99) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

1,430
59
(173)
–

10,454 

(1,413) 

47 

22,222 

31,310

EIP 
Number  
of units 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

EDRP 
Number 
of units 

LTIP
Number
of units

7,096,343 

9,470,814  6,500,000 

1,841,884

– 

9,470,814  6,500,000 

–

Exercisable after subdivision and conversion (including roundings) 

354,826 

473,566 

325,000 

92,096

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2017 
Exercisable at 31 December 2017 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2018 

Exercisable at 31 December 2018 

1,756,923 
(9,533) 
– 
(15,512) 

2,086,704 
2,086,704 

1,911,057 
– 
– 

– 
(206,314) 
– 
– 

267,252 
267,252 

76,310 
(52,371) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

325,000 
325,000 

– 
– 
– 

3,997,761 

291,191 

325,000 

3,997,761 

291,191 

325,000 

–
–

(1,029) 
(3,971)

87,096
87,096

–
–
(87,092)

–

–

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil.

Detail disclosure of each employee share plan scheme is in the Group consolidated accounts note 24. 

114

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Other reserves continued
Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
The total charge for the year was £0.12 million (2017: £0.05 million). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £nil) was capitalised and £0.12 million  
(2017: £0.05 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
The total charge for the year was £0.01 million (2017: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £nil) was capitalised or recharged to joint venture partners 
and £0.01 million (2017: £nil) was charged to the Income Statement.

Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2017: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2017: £nil) was charged to the  
Income Statement.

Long Term Incentive Plan 2011 (2011 LTIP)
The total charge for the year was £0.01 million (2017: £0.01 million). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £nil) was capitalised and £0.01 million  
(2017: £0.01 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

Other share based payments
Detail disclosure of other share based payments is in the Group consolidated accounts note 24.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2017: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2017: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2017: £nil) was charged to the  
Income Statement.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

13 Capital restructure
During the year ended 31 December 2016, the Company disclosed that it expected to be non-compliant with its leverage covenants under its 
secured bond agreement and that it also expected to breach its daily liquidity covenant in late March 2017. The Company therefore engaged 
in discussions with its bondholders, a strategic investor and other potential investors and stakeholders with regard to possible restructuring 
options in order to provide a remedy to the expected breach and achieve a capital structure that would be sustainable in the current oil price 
environment. In March 2017, the Company announced final terms of the restructuring and fundraising package which were subsequently 
approved at the meetings of the Company’s secured and unsecured bondholders and at the general meeting of shareholders on 3 April 2017. 
In addition, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one new 
ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each.

On 4 April 2017, the Company announced that all new ordinary shares issued in accordance with the terms of the fundraising were admitted to 
trading and, as a result, the restructuring of the Company’s secured bonds and unsecured bonds and the fundraising had become effective in 
accordance with their respective terms. The principal terms are set out below:

• 679,282,165 new ordinary shares were issued to Unconventional Energy Limited, an affiliate of Kerogen Capital, pursuant to a subscription 
agreement (including 40,030,273 new ordinary shares at nominal value pursuant to a top-up mechanism) raising £28.77 million and giving 
Unconventional Energy Limited an interest of 28% in the Company.

• 400,069,644 new ordinary shares were issued pursuant to a placing, open offer and ancillary subscription raising £18.04 million.
• 528,175,031 new ordinary shares were issued to holders of secured bonds who accepted voluntary equity exchange of secured bonds 

extinguishing $28.92 million (£23.78 million) in face value of the secured bonds.

• 202,398,542 new ordinary shares were issued to holders of secured bonds pursuant to a conditional secured debt for equity swap 

extinguishing a further $11.08 million (£9.11 million) in face value of the secured bonds.

• c.$49.2 million (£40.4million) in face value of secured bonds were cancelled in consideration for c.$49.2 million (£40.4 million) cash pursuant 

to a voluntary cash offer.

• 312,776,818 new ordinary shares were issued to holders of unsecured bonds on the conversion of all unsecured bonds into equity 

extinguishing $27.4 million (£22.5 million) in face value, being all of, the unsecured bonds not held by the Company.

• The Company cancelled $13.09 million (£10.7 million) in face value of the secured bonds and unsecured bonds held by the Company, being all 

of the unsecured bonds and secured bonds held by the Company.

• The renegotiated terms and conditions and covenants for the remaining secured bonds (total aggregate face value of c.$30.08 million) came 

into effect upon admission.

• The new ordinary shares were issued at a price of 4.5p per share.

A gain of £4.9 million (net of fees of £2.5 million) arising from the restructure was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2017. 

115

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsParent Company Financial Statements – Notes
For the year ended 31 December 2018 
continued

14 Related party transactions
(a) with Group companies
A summary of the transactions in the year is as follows:

Amounts due from/(to) subsidiaries: 
At 1 January 
Services performed (for)/by subsidiary 
Net cash advances 
Group loan interest 
Allowance for credit loss 
Dividend receivable 
Revaluations 

At 31 December 

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Loans to Group companies 

Total 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

106,349 
719 
(12,309) 
11,379 
(6,402) –
37,076 –
(7,106) 

75,861
2,676
7,092
11,379

9,341

129,706 

106,349

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2017
£000

2018  
£000 

35,429 
(132,081) 
226,358 

30,718
(145,751)
221,382

129,706 

106,349

Payment terms for balances due to or from subsidiaries are as mutually agreed between the Group’s companies. The payment terms in respect  
of loans are detailed in note 2.

(b) with Directors
Key management as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling 
and directing the activities of the Company. In the opinion of the Board, the Company’s key management are the Directors of the Company. 
Information regarding their compensation is given in the Director’ Remuneration Report.

15 Subsequent events
On 24 January 2019 the Group issued 45,598 Ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Company’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued  
at £0.80 resulting in share premium of £36,477.

On 11 March 2019, the Company announced a significant advancement in UK share prospectively with over 250 metres of hydrocarbon bearing 
shales encountered, including the upper and lower Bowland Shale, in the Springs Road 1 well.

116

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oil and Gas Reserves
As at 31 December 2018

The Group’s estimate of proved plus probable reserves at 31 December 2018 are based on an independent evaluation of IGas conventional 
oil and gas interests prepared by D&M, the leading international reserves and resources auditors. Proved reserves are estimated reserves that 
geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years under existing economic and operating 
conditions, while probable reserves are estimated reserves determined to be more likely than not to be recoverable in future years under 
existing economic and operating conditions.

All of the Group’s oil and gas assets are located in the United Kingdom.

Group proved plus probable reserves

At 1 January 2018 
Additions during the year 
Revision of previous estimates 
Production 

Total change during the year 

At 31 December 2018 

Oil  
mmbbls 

13.25 
0.90 
(0.77) 
(0.79) 

(0.66) 

12.59 

Gas 
Bcf 

2.25 
8.90 
0.44 
(0.18) 

9.16 

11.41 

Total
mmboe

13.64
2.43
(0.69)
(0.82)

0.92

14.56

117

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests

Licence

Fields

East Midlands

AL009

EXL288

ML3

ML4

ML6

ML7

Dunholme1

Trumfleet2

Egmanton

Gainsborough, Beckingham, Corringham, 
Glentworth

Bothamsall

South Leverton

PEDL006

Cold Hanworth

PEDL012

PEDL139

PEDL140

PEDL146

PEDL1693

PEDL200

PEDL210

PEDL2734

PEDL 278

PEDL305

PEDL316

PEDL317

PEDL337

PL178

PL179

PL1996

PL220

Weald Basin

DL002

DL004

ML18

ML21

PEDL021

PEDL070

PEDL235

PEDL257

PEDL326

PL182

PL205

PL211

PL233

PL240

PL249

118

Hemswell1

Hemswell1

Beckering1

West Beckingham

Welton, Stainton, Nettleham, Scampton 
South, Scampton North, East Glentworth 

Nettleham

Long Clawson, Rempstone

Stockbridge

Albury

Bletchingley 

Bletchingley 

Goodworth

Avington

Godley Bridge1

Lingfield1

Palmers Wood

Storrington

Horndean

Stockbridge

Singleton

Stockbridge

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

9

75

26

72

11

11

136

33

100

142

276

62

114

116

194

38

143

111

39

10

2

107

4

13

10

14

8

9

50

18

100

28

95

55

18

27

58

46

16

100%

75%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

55%

32%

32%

75%

80%

55%

75%

35%

50%

35%

35%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

54%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

INEOS

Egdon

INEOS

INEOS

Total, Egdon, INEOS

Egdon

Total, Egdon, INEOS

Total, Egdon, INEOS

Egdon, Aurora, UKOG, Corfe

UKOG

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Licence

Fields

North West

EXL273

PEDL145

PEDL147

PEDL184

PEDL189

PEDL190

PEDL193

PEDL293

PEDL295

Scotland

P1270

PEDL158

Lybster

Lybster

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

48

74

89

286

100

94

296

200

200

16

46

15%

40%

25%

50%

25%

50%

40%

30%

30%

100%

100%

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

IGas

Notes: 
1.   Dunholme, Hemswell, Beckering, Godley Bridge and Lingfield are undeveloped fields.
2.   Trumfleet Field was abandoned in 2009 prior to IGas acquiring an interest in licence EXL288.

119

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsGlossary

£

$

1P 

2P

3P

1C 

2C 

3C 

AIM 

boepd 

bopd 

Contingent  
Recoverable  
Resources

The lawful currency of the United Kingdom

The lawful currency of the United States of America

Low estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Best estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

High estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Low estimate or low case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

Best estimate or mid case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

High estimate or high case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

AIM market of the London Stock Exchange

Barrels of oil equivalent per day

Barrels of oil per day

Contingent Recoverable Resources estimates are prepared in accordance with the Petroleum Resources Management System 
(PRMS), an industry recognised standard. A Contingent Recoverable Resource is defined as discovered potentially recoverable 
quantities of hydrocarbons where there is no current certainty that it will be commercially viable to produce any portion of the 
contingent resources evaluated. Contingent Recoverable Resources are further divided into three status groups: marginal, sub 
marginal, and undetermined. IGas' Contingent Recoverable Resources all fall into the undetermined group. Undetermined is  
the status group where it is considered premature to clearly define the ultimate chance of commerciality.

Drill or drop 

A drill or drop well carries no commitment to drill. The decision whether or not to drill the well rests entirely with the licensee 
being driven by the results of geotechnical analysis. The licence will, however, still expire at the end of the initial term if the well 
has not been drilled.

A firm well is classified as a firm commitment to drill a well. It is not contingent on any further geotechnical evaluation  
(i.e. it is a fully evaluated prospect).

Gas initially in place

Liquefied Natural Gas

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent

Millions of standard cubic feet per day

National balancing point – a virtual trading location for the sale and purchase and exchange of UK natural gas. 

United Kingdom petroleum exploration and development licence

Production licence

Trillions of standard cubic feet of gas

United Kingdom

Firm well

GIIP 

LNG 

MMboe 

MMscfd 

NBP

PEDL 

PL 

Tcf 

UK 

120

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2018Banker
Barclays Bank Plc
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5HP

Registered Office
7 Down Street
London W1J 7AJ

Copies of Reports and Accounts
Further copies of this Annual report and accounts can
be obtained from the Registered Office of IGas Energy plc
(IGas Energy).

General Information

Directors
M McTighe – Non-executive Chairman
S Bowler – Chief Executive Officer
C McDowell – Non-executive
P Jackson – Non-executive
T Kumar – Non-executive

Company Secretary
Cooley Services Limited
Dashwood
69 Old Broad Street
London EC2M 1QS

Nominated Adviser and Joint Broker
Investec Bank plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP

Joint Broker
Canaccord Genuity
88 Wood Street
London
EC2V 7QR

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services plc
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS13 8AE

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London
WC2N 6RH

Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

I

G

a

s

E

n

e

r

g

y

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

IGas Energy plc 
Registered Office
7 Down Street
London
W1J 7AJ

+44 (0)20 7993 9899
www.igasplc.com